Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board - 20/05/2024

Renfrewshire Council · 20 May 2024
Back to Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board — 20 May 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.

Page 1

Notice of Meeting and Agenda
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
Date Time  Venue
Monday, 20 May 2024 15:00 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire),
Council Headquarters, Renfrewshire
House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN 
MARK CONAGHAN
Head of Corporate Governance 
Membership 
Councillor Andy Doig (Convener):     Councillor Janis McDonald (Depute Convener):    
Councillor Jennifer Adam:  Councillor Chris Gilmour:  Councillor John Gray:  Councillor
Lisa-Marie Hughes:  Councillor Robert Innes:  Councillor James MacLaren:  Councillor
Ben Smith:   
Hybrid Meeting 
Please note that this meeting is scheduled to be held in the Council
Chambers.  However, it is a hybrid meeting and arrangements have been made for
members to join the meeting remotely should they wish. 
Webcasting of Meeting 
This meeting will be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council’s internet
site – at the start of the meeting the Convener will confirm if all or part of the meeting
is being filmed.  To find the webcast please navigate to 
https://renfrewshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home 
Members of the Press and Public 
Members of the press and public wishing to attend the meeting should report to the
customer service centre where they will be met and directed to the meeting.

Page 2

Further Information 
This is a meeting which is open to members of the public. 
A copy of the agenda and reports for this meeting will be available for inspection prior
to the meeting at the Customer Service Centre, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street,
Paisley and online
at http://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/CouncilandBoards.aspx
For further information, please email
democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk

Page 3

Apologies 
Apologies from members. 
Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements 
Members are asked to declare an interest or make a
transparency statement in any item(s) on the agenda and to
provide a brief explanation of the nature of the interest or the
transparency statement. 
AUDIT 
1 Summary of Internal Audit Reports for period 01
January to 13 May 2024 
Report by Chief Auditor. 
1 - 18 
2 Summary of Internal Audit Activity in Partner
Organisations April 2023 to April 2024 
Report by Chief Auditor. 
19 - 42 
3 Unaudited Annual Governance Statement 2022 - 2023 
Report by Director of Finance & Resources. 
43 - 52 
4 Internal Audit Annual Report 2023/24 
Report by Chief Auditor. 
53 - 74 
5 Development Programme for Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board Members 
Report by Chief Auditor. 
75 - 78 
MONITORING & REVIEWING SERVICE DELIVERY PERFORMANCE
POLICIES AND PRACTICE 
6 Actions Monitoring Report - Dargavel Primary School 
Report by Chief Executive. 
79 - 126

Page 4

7  Local Government Benchmarking Framework 2022/23 
Report by Chief Executive. 
127 - 148 
8 Risk Report May 2024 
Report by Director of Finance & Resources. 
149 - 192 
9 Risk Management Annual Report 2023/24 
Report by Director of Finance & Resources. 
193 - 202 
10  Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board Annual Report 2023/24 
Report by Director of Finance & Resources. 
203 - 218 
ANNUAL PROGRAMME 
11  Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board Annual Programme
2023/24 - 2024/25 
Report by Director of Finance & Resources. 
219 - 224 
12  Neighbour Disputes - Lead Officer Roz Smith 
Report by Lead Officer. 
225 - 230 
EXCLUSION OF PRESS AND PUBLIC 
AUDIT 
13  Summary of Internal Audit Investigation Reports for
period 01 January to 30 April 2024 
Report by Chief Auditor.

Page 5

ANNUAL PROGRAMME 
14  Cyber Security 
Presentation by Head of Digital Transformation and Customer
Services.

Page 6

No embedded text on this page.

Page 7

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Auditor
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Summary of Internal Audit Reports for period 01 January to 13
May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 In line with the Public Sector Internal Audit Standards, Internal Audit
must communicate the results of each engagement to the Board. To
comply with this requirement, Internal Audit submits regular reports
on the findings and conclusions of audit engagements to the Audit,
Risk and Scrutiny Board. 
1.2 Appendix 1 provides details those audit engagements completed
during the period 1 January to 13 May 2024 with the overall
assurance rating and the number of recommendations in each risk
category. The committee summary for each report is also attached.
For each audit assignment where recommendations have been
made, the relevant managers have put action plans in place to
address the issues raised. 
1.3 In addition to the reports listed in the Appendix, Internal Audit has an
ongoing commitment to: 
• A range of corporate and service initiatives;
• Progressing of information security matters in partnership with
ICT and Legal Services;
• The regular provision of advice to departmental officers;
• The provision of internal audit services to the associated
bodies for which Renfrewshire Council is the lead authority
and to OneRen and Renfrewshire Health and Social Care
Integrated Joint Board;
Item 1
Page 1 of 230

Page 8

• Co-ordination of the Council’s corporate risk management
activity;
• Management of the counter fraud team;
• Management of the risk management and insurance team.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Members are invited to consider and note the Summary of Internal Audit
Reports finalised during the period from 1 January to 13 May 2024. 
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial - None 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community Planning – 
Safer and Stronger - effective internal audit is an important element of good
corporate governance. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7.  Equality & Human Rights – None 
8. Health & Safety – None
9. Procurement - None 
10.  Risk - The summary reported relates to the delivery of the risk-based internal
audit plan. 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Implications – None 
13. Climate Risk - None 
________________________________________________________________
Author:           Karen Campbell – 07768354651
Page 2 of 230

Page 9

Appendix 1 
Renfrewshire Council 
Internal Audit Service 
Update for Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
Final Audit Reports issued from 1 January – 30 April 2024 
Category  Service  Engagement  Assurance
Rating
Recommendation Ratings
Critical Important Good
Practice
Service
Improvement
Assurance Chief Executives Commercial and
Industrial Rents
No Assurance 3 4 0 0 
Children’s
Services/Finance &
Resources
Supply Teachers Reasonable 0 0 3 1 
Corporate Procurement – Service
Controls - Purchasing
Processes 
Limited 3 4 5 0 
Finance &
Resources
Hardship and
Discretionary Funds
Reasonable 0 1 3 0  
ICT Asset Management Limited 2 9 0 1  
Health & Safety Limited 2 5 1 0 
Environment,
Housing &
Infrastructure
Building Services -
Stores
Limited 2 2 2 0 
Note  – No assurance rating can be given in respect of investigation assignments                 
Page 3 of 230

Page 10

Assurance Level 
Substantial Assurance • There is a sound system of internal control designed to achieve the objectives of the area being reviewed. 
• The control processes tested are being consistently applied. 
Reasonable Assurance • The internal control processes are generally satisfactory with some areas of weakness being identified that could
put some objectives of the area being reviewed at risk
• There is evidence that the level of non-compliance with some of the control processes may put some of the
objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
Limited Assurance • Weaknesses in the system of internal controls are such as to put the objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
• The level of non-compliance puts the objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
No Assurance • Control processes are generally weak with significant risk to the achievement of the objectives of the area being
reviewed. 
• Significant non-compliance with control processes leaves the processes/systems open to error or abuse. 
Recommendation
Rating 
Service Improvement  Implementation will improve the efficiency / housekeeping of the area under review.
Good Practice  Implementation will contribute to the general effectiveness of control.
Important  Implementation will raise the level of assurance provided by the control system to acceptable levels.
Critical  Addresses a significant risk, impacting on the objectives of the area under review. 
Page 4 of 230

Page 11

Internal Audit Report
Chief Executives
Commercial & Industrial Rents (A0048/2024/001) 
Date: January 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the review were to ensure that:
1. A record of all commercial and industrial properties for rental is maintained which
is accurate and up to date.
2. There is a clearly defined letting policy for commercial and industrial properties,
which is comprehensive and supported by appropriate documented guidance.
3. Terms of tenancy (including reletting) are established and formally recorded and
agreed.
4. Rents are regularly reviewed, reflect current market rates and are collected in full.
5. Enforcement action is taken to recover unpaid rents.
6. Void properties are actively managed to minimise loss of rental income. 
Audit Scope
1. Interviewed the appropriate staff, evaluated the system in place for allocation and
reletting commercial and industrial properties and identified any possible
improvements to the system.
2. Undertook a series of tests to ensure the processes for allocation and reletting of
commercial and industrial properties are operating effectively and as described. 
Key Audit Assurances
No assurances can be given in relation to this audit review. 
Key Audit Risks
1. In the absence of a formalised letting policy, the process for letting commercial
properties may lack clear direction and the fragmented nature of record keeping
can make it more difficult to effectively manage these properties.
2. When physical inspections to check that the correct tenants are occupying leased
commercial properties are not regularly carried out, there is an increased risk that
subletting will not be identified.
3. Where letting agreements are not reviewed, errors or changes required to the
leases will not be reflected and could lead to inappropriate contract terms and
rental income not being maximised.
4. Where rents arrears are not followed up timeously, the council could fail to
maximise the income generated from the let of commercial properties.
5. Where tenants responsible for insurance are not recharged from council insurance
payments, there are increased costs to the council.
Page 5 of 230

Page 12

Internal Audit Report
Chief Executives
Commercial & Industrial Rents (A0048/2024/001) 
Date: January 2024 
6. When void properties are not identified for repair as soon as possible, this will
delay the release of properties and reduced rental income will be received. 
Overall Audit Opinion
The audit highlighted significant weaknesses in the system of internal control. Specifically,
there are a number of tasks that are not being completed or are behind schedule,
including physically inspecting leased properties, following up arrears and sending void
properties for repair quickly so that they can be re-let. There is no systematic review of
lease terms or rents charged and most rents have not been changed for several years.
The auditor was unable to provide any positive assurance over the objectives being
reviewed and recommendations were made to address these areas. 
At the time of the review, the team had a number of vacancies for a prolonged period of
time, so progressing the desired improvements to the processes had been held back. 
Management Commentary
The Head of Economy and Development will lead on a strategic review of the Council’s
commercial property portfolio and function. We agreed a number of actions to address the
audit recommendations and improve the current operating processes for the letting and
managing of commercial properties and are currently working on their implementation. 
Page 6 of 230

Page 13

Internal Audit Report
CHILDREN'S SERVICES/FINANCE & RESOURCES
Supply Teachers (A0063/2023/001) 
Date: January 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the audit were to: - 
1. Review and evaluate the process for the recruitment of teachers to the Supply
Register.
2. Examine and assess for adequacy the processes followed for the deployment of
Supply Teachers to schools ensuring that the distribution of hours is fair and
equitable.
3. Ensure that hours worked are appropriately recorded, authorised and paid
correctly.
4. Identify any areas for improvement and outline actions to address these. 
Audit Scope
1. Obtained copies of appropriate guidance relating to the recruitment and
deployment of Supply Teachers.
2. Interviewed relevant officers to obtain the required information relating to the
Supply Teachers processes.
3. Prepared a series of tests to meet the detailed audit objectives. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. There are satisfactory processes in place in relation to the recruitment of supply
teachers. 
2. The hours worked by supply teachers are appropriately recorded, authorised and
paid correctly. 
Key Audit Risks
There are no key risks to report. 
Overall Audit Opinion
The deployment and payment of supply teachers is labour intensive and there is
duplication of effort. These processes are currently under review by management in both
Children’s Services and Finance and Resources to establish if there are any opportunities
to streamline the process.  The auditor has made recommendations mainly in relation to
the payment process which will improve efficiency in this area. 
Page 7 of 230

Page 14

Internal Audit Report
CHILDREN'S SERVICES/FINANCE & RESOURCES
Supply Teachers (A0063/2023/001) 
Date: January 2024 
Management Commentary
It has been agreed to progress the recommendations made in the audit report. 
Page 8 of 230

Page 15

Internal Audit Report
Corporate
Procurement - Service Controls - Purchasing Processes
(A0032/2024/001) 
Date: February 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the audit were to: - 
1. Review any Amazon Prime Memberships across the Council and analyse Amazon
purchases to ensure that the correct procurement route has been utilised.
2. Identify the level of purchase cards held within Services and establish their
Purchase Card ordering processes.
3. Ensure that purchase card purchase requests have been appropriately authorised.
4. Ascertain the role performed by the Purchase to Pay Team in terms of ordering
goods and services on behalf of other services and subsequent payment and
ensure that there is adequate segregation of duties.
5. Ascertain the controls in place surrounding purchase card transaction and monthly
limits. 
Audit Scope
1. Interviewed the relevant officers and obtained the required information and
documentation relating to the specified purchasing processes.  
2. Prepared and carried out a series of tests on appropriate sample groups to meet
the detailed audit objectives. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. The segregation of duties relating to orders placed by the Purchase to Pay Team
are satisfactory.
2. A new corporate process for ordering from Amazon has been introduced.  This has
reduced costs relating to Amazon Prime memberships.  Furthermore, the new
process provides more control over purchases and increased oversight of goods
ordered from this supplier.   
Key Audit Risks
1. Contract agreements are not maintained, and benefits are not realised when
purchase cards are used with non-contract suppliers for goods where there is already
a contract in place.
2. Unauthorised purchases could be made, if the stipulated procedures are not followed
for authorising the order of goods or where an electronic signature has been used
with no backup. 
3. Increased limits to monthly expenditure or individual transactions could be in place for
longer than necessary if there is inadequate management oversight in place. 
Page 9 of 230

Page 16

Internal Audit Report
Corporate
Procurement - Service Controls - Purchasing Processes
(A0032/2024/001) 
Date: February 2024 
Overall Audit Opinion
The main weaknesses identified were in relation to purchasing goods outwith the agreed
procurement routes and the authorisation of goods ordered.  There was also a lack of
evidence relating to the authorisation of the increase of purchase card spend limits.  A
number of other housekeeping issues were also identified.  For these reasons, assurance
within this area was found to be limited.  Recommendations have been made which, if
implemented, will improve controls over purchase card purchases.   
Management Commentary
All purchase card holders and approvers have been formally reminded of the purchasing
procedures they must follow when acquiring goods and services in terms of the correct
routes to purchases and the authorisation process for purchases/transactions.  Supporting
guidance has also been update. Reports on card usage will now be run more regularly
and queries raised with the appropriate service management, to determine if the card is
still required.   
Page 10 of 230

Page 17

Internal Audit Report
FINANCE & RESOURCES
Other Financial Assistance Payments - Hardship and
Discretionary Funds (A0051/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the review were to ascertain that: 
1. There are documented processes in place for payments from the Scottish Welfare
Fund and the Discretionary Housing Payments Fund.
2. Roles and responsibilities are clear in relation to decision making, escalation and
dispute resolution.
3. Grants and payments have been made in line with the documented procedures,
applicants confirmed as eligible and all relevant documentation has been provided,
or other explanation recorded.
4. Each case has been treated strictly on its merits and all applicants have received
fair and equal treatment within any agreed flexibility guidelines.
5. Reasons for rejected applications are confirmed to applicants.
6. The costs associated with grants and payments are being tracked, monitored and
reported on as required. 
Audit Scope
1. Interviewed the relevant officers and obtained the required information and
documentation relating to the processes surrounding the Scottish Welfare Fund
and the Discretionary Housing Payments Fund. 
2. Prepared and carried out a series of tests on appropriate sample groups to meet the
detailed audit objectives. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. The processes in place for payments from the Scottish Welfare Fund and the
Discretionary Housing Payments Fund are documented. 
2. Grants and payments are made in line with the documented procedures. 
3. Each case is treated strictly on its merits and all applicants have received fair and
equal treatment within any agreed flexibility guidelines.
4. Grants and payments are being tracked, monitored and reported on as required. 
Key Audit Risks
No key risks identified. 
Page 11 of 230

Page 18

Internal Audit Report
FINANCE & RESOURCES
Other Financial Assistance Payments - Hardship and
Discretionary Funds (A0051/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
Overall Audit Opinion
In the main the processes surrounding payments made from the Scottish Welfare Fund
(SWF) and  the Discretionary Housing Payment (DHP) funds were found to be
satisfactory.     Weaknesses were found relating to verification of awards and ensuring
that customers are advised of the reasons why their application has been declined. 
Recommendations have been made  to strengthen the controls in these areas. 
Management Commentary
We are in the process of actioning the internal audit recommendations and staff will be
reminded of the information that should included in client correspondence. 
Page 12 of 230

Page 19

Internal Audit Report
FINANCE & RESOURCES
ICT Planning and Organisation - Asset Management 
(A0072/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the audit were to ensure that:
1. Documented procedures, which includes any necessary provisions for the current
mix of office based and home working arrangements, are in place covering the use
of physical IT assets and the procedures are easily accessible to all users to ensure
they are aware of their responsibilities in relation to the policy.
2. Standard IT equipment asset lists have been created for predefined user roles and
deviations from the standard equipment is appropriately approved.
3. All IT assets are procured through the ICT Service, and equipment purchased is
stored centrally and securely until they have been issued to end users.
4. All IT assets must be assigned to individual users or to a department who will be
held responsible for them and there is a mechanism for recording the physical
location for all ICT assets that have been issued.
5. All IT assets that are no longer in use must be returned to the ICT Service for
redeployment.
6. All receipts and issues from the centralised ICT store are appropriately
documented and approved and stock is held securely until issued.
7. End of life disposal of ICT assets are co-ordinated by the ICT Service and
procedures are in place to ensure that confidential information is removed prior to
disposal. 
Audit Scope
1. Obtained copies of appropriate policies and procedures relating to IT asset
procurement, deployment, assignation and disposal.
2. Interviewed relevant officers to obtain the required information relating to the
above processes.
3. Prepared a series of tests to meet the detailed audit objectives. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. Documented procedures are in place covering the use of physical IT assets and the
procedures are easily accessible to all users to ensure they are aware of their
responsibilities in relation to the policy.
2. Orders for equipment which deviate from standard equipment are appropriately
approved. 
Page 13 of 230

Page 20

Internal Audit Report
FINANCE & RESOURCES
ICT Planning and Organisation - Asset Management 
(A0072/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
Key Audit Risks
1. Given that the physical location and user details for all ICT assets could not be fully
verified as the systems used to record assets are not fit for purpose in their current
format, there is a risk that council assets are not protected.
2. Without evidence of disposals, there is a risk that all disposal processes may not
have been followed. 
Overall Audit Opinion
The Auditor was advised that the ICT Support Team have only recently taken
responsibility for the area of ICT asset management under review.  The main weakness
identified was that the mechanism in place to record the physical location for all ICT
assets was not fit for purpose in its current format as the asset information is not held
centrally but is held on a number of documents and inaccuracies were found in the
recorded data.  Although there is a disposals process in place, there was also a lack of
evidence in some cases to support that this process had been followed.  Furthermore,
officers within the ICT team do not proactively contact line managers for the return of
leavers equipment despite there being a process in place to facilitate this.  In addition,
there is no requirement for users to sign for assets upon receipt.  For these reasons
identified, assurance within this area was found to be limited. Recommendations were
made which, if implemented, will improve controls in these areas. 
Management Commentary
The new ICT Support team was formed during 2023/24 and a lot of work has since been
undertaken or is in progress in this area.  We have completed a data cleanse of our
records and now have an accurate stock record of ICT Assets.  A new process for
managing the PC/Laptop refresh process has also been introduced which strengthens the
controls in this area.  Longer term. a service desk system which has full asset
management capability is being procured which will automate many of the manual
processes currently in place and therefore reduce the likelihood of errors/omissions
occurring.   
Page 14 of 230

Page 21

Internal Audit Report
Finance & Resources
Health & Safety (A0091/2024/001) 
Date: May 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the audit are to ensure that:- 
1. There are clearly defined and understood roles and responsibilities for health and
safety, including risk identification.
2. There are adequate and up to date policies and procedures in place which are
readily available to those who need them.
3. There is regular engagement with other service areas to ensure compliance with
legislative requirements.
4. There is a programme of health and safety audits and these are followed up
adequately.
5. There are adequate arrangements in place for reporting, accidents, incidents and
near misses and these are adequately followed up. 
6. Performance monitoring and reporting arrangements are appropriate. 
Audit Scope
1. Interviewed the appropriate staff to obtain the required information and
documentation to evaluate the system in place for corporate health and safety. 
2. Prepared a series of tests to ensure the processes relating to corporate Health &
Safety are operating effectively and as described. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. There are clearly defined roles and responsibilities for health and safety, including
risk identification documented in the Council’s Policy on Health, Safety & Welfare.
2. There is regular engagement between members of the Health & Safety team with
other service areas which includes weekly, monthly and quarterly meetings as well
as ad hoc conversations and emails.
3. There are adequate arrangements in place for reporting, accidents, incidents and
near misses which are followed up as and when required. 
Key Audit Risks
1. There are a number of policies and procedures which have not been refreshed or
reviewed timeously. In some cases, guidance that has been updated is not
accessible to all staff. There is a risk that staff may not be aware of, or be following,
the correct processes and procedures.
2. Whilst there is evidence of programmed physical inspections being undertaken on
a number of premises. There was no evidence of a programme of health and safety
audits being undertaken of the health and safety management systems within
Services of the by the Health & Safety team. There is, therefore, there is no oversight
Page 15 of 230

Page 22

Internal Audit Report
Finance & Resources
Health & Safety (A0091/2024/001) 
Date: May 2024 
of the level of compliance within services with the requirements documented in the
Council’s Policy on Health, Safety & Welfare.
3. The performance reporting currently in place does not include target levels which
means that trends may not be identified and addressed appropriately and
performance is not suitably scrutinised.
4. In line with Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations, the council must
be able to demonstrate that it operates effective planning, organisation, control,
monitoring and review of health and safety. Given the key risks arising from the
audit, it is a matter of concern that current practices may be deemed insufficient
should an incident occur which could leave the council open to adverse
consequences. 
Overall Audit Opinion
Although the Principal HR & OD Adviser has explained future implementation plans
regarding health and safety audits and performance monitoring and reporting, these
processes are not in place at the moment. Furthermore, it was noted that three findings
detailed in this report, had previously been reported to Finance & Resources management
in a prior audit report issued in March 2018. It is the auditor’s opinion that it is imperative
that the recommendations made in this report are addressed to ensure compliance with
regulations and to demonstrate the council’s commitment to the health, safety and
wellbeing of its stakeholders. The auditor has therefore provided a limited assurance rating
for corporate health & safety based on the current arrangements. 
Management Commentary
The Director of Finance and Resources will seek to engage an appropriately qualified
external consultant to review and make recommendation on the strategic governance and
operational arrangements for health and safety. This review is intended to go wider than
the recommendations included in this report to ensure that governance and operational
procedures and processes are aligned to the needs of the organisation. Management has
also agreed to implement the recommendations made in the internal audit report and an
action plan is in place to ensure this. 
Page 16 of 230

Page 23

Internal Audit Report
ENVIRONMENT, HOUSING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Building Services Stores (A0047/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
A new building services management system went live in April 2022 has not been fully
operational since it was introduced, partly due to the loss of key staff by the external
developer. In relation to the stores element, the subject of this audit review, there are a
number of temporary manual processes that have been put in place to compensate for the
lack of current functionality within the system.  The audit review sought to confirm that the
manual processes that have been put in place are sufficient in relation to the objectives
below.
The objectives of the audit were to ensure that:
1. There are adequate checks of the quantity, quality and price of stock received and
receipts are correctly recorded on the stock system;
2. Stock issues are controlled to ensure that they are only for approved work
requirements and are correctly recorded on the stock system;
3. Stock is held securely and access is appropriately restricted;
4. Stock counts are regularly carried out and reconciled to stock records and
differences identified are investigated;
5. Stock is regularly checked to identify obsolete/slow moving items and appropriate
actions are taken for items identified;
6. Stock write offs/ disposals are appropriately authorised. 
Audit Scope
1. Interviewed the appropriate officers to understand the arrangements in place for
the control of stock.
2. Examined the relevant procedures and assessed their adequacy.
3. Carried out sample testing to confirm the adequacy of the controls in place over
the stock records. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. The manual processes put in place to record receipts and issues of stock were
found to be accurately recorded into the system. 
2. There are adequate checks of the quantity, quality and price of stock received.
3. Stock issues are controlled to ensure that they are only for approved work
requirements.
4. Stock counts are regularly carried out and reconciled to stock records and
differences identified are investigated 
Page 17 of 230

Page 24

Internal Audit Report
ENVIRONMENT, HOUSING AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Building Services Stores (A0047/2024/001) 
Date: April 2024 
Key Audit Risks
• The Workhub system does not currently have the required functionality to operate
efficiently as a stores system or a job costing system, development work on the system
has been on hold due to contractor issues and has only operationally re-started. As a
result, manual processes have been introduced which are resource intensive and
inherently at risk of error. The costs associated with Workhub are around £100,000 per
annum and there are additional, currently unquantified, costs associated with the manual
processes. However, it should be noted that Workhub and the associated packages (and
costs) relate to systems wider than just stores e.g. job scheduling, operative workload and
financial costings. 
Overall Audit Opinion
The sample testing undertaken indicates that the manual processes in place are sufficient
to meet operational needs and were found to be accurate. However, it is a concern that
the Workhub system is currently not fit for purpose and development has only recently
recommenced. The Auditor has provided a limited level of assurance in this regard and
has recommended that management continue to undertake a review of the continued
economic viability of the Workhub system. The auditor notes that both the Director of
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure and the Director of Finance and Resources have
been kept fully briefed on the on-going challenges around Workhub. 
Management Commentary
Facilities and Property Services have committed a lot of resource (both financially and
staff resource) since early 2022 into the repairs and maintenance management system
(WorkHub). This was needed due to the old system being removed and with
approximately 85,000 jobs per year by Building Services, an electronic system is
essential.
There remain on-going challenges with the system and contractor, however, Senior
Management including the Directors of both Finance and Resources and Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure have been kept up to date with the system and next steps.
The manual processes for the Building Services stores have been found to be working,
however, certain processes have been tightened following the outcome of the internal
audit. The actions will be monitored over the coming months to ensure compliance and
improvements wherever possible. 
Page 18 of 230

Page 25

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Auditor
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Summary of Internal Audit Activity in Partner Organisations April 2023
to April 2024
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 Members of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee expressed an interest in
the outcomes of audits undertaken in partner organisations. A proposed
revision to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board’s Terms of Reference, to
facilitate this, was agreed at Council on 4 May 2024. 
1.2 This report provides members with a summary of the internal audit
arrangements within each partner body and a summary of the internal audit
activity from April 2023 to April 2024. 
1.3 Renfrewshire Valuation Joint Board – Internal audit services are provided by
Renfrewshire Council’s Internal Audit Service A summary of each completed
audit engagement is reported to the Board, An annual report is also provided
to the Board, summarising the audit activity for the year and providing the
Chief Auditor’s annual opinion. The 2023/24 annual report will be considered
by the Board on 24 May 2024. During the reporting period, one audit review
was finalised in relation to information governance, a summary of this audit
engagement is included at appendix 1 of this report. 
1.4 Scotland Excel Joint Committee - Internal audit services are provided by
Renfrewshire Council’s Internal Audit Service A summary of each completed
audit engagement is reported to the Executive Sub-Committee. An annual
report is also provided to the Executive Sub-Committee, summarising the
audit activity for the year and providing the Chief Auditor’s annual opinion.
The 2023/24 annual report will be considered by the Sub-Committee on 17
May 2024. During the reporting period, one audit review was finalised in
Item 2
Page 19 of 230

Page 26

relation to contract management for social care contracts, a summary of
this audit engagement is included at appendix 2 of this report. One further
audit is currently in progress in relation to contract monitoring
(implementation of collaborative procurement), this is nearing completion
and will be reported to the Executive Sub-Committee once finalised. 
1.5 Renfrewshire Integration Joint Board - Internal audit services are provided by
Renfrewshire Council’s Internal Audit Service A summary of each completed
audit engagement is reported to their Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee.
An annual report is also provided to the Committee, summarising the audit
activity for the year and providing the Chief Auditor’s annual opinion. The
2023/24 annual report will be considered by the Sub-Committee on 21 June
2024. During the reporting period, one audit review was finalised in relation
to performance management, a summary of this audit engagement is
included at appendix 3 of this report. The annual review of compliance with
the Local Code of Corporate Governance is nearing completion and will be
reported to their Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee once finalised. 
1.6 Glasgow & the Clyde Valley Strategic Development Planning Authority Joint
Committee - Internal audit services are provided by Renfrewshire Council’s
Internal Audit Service A summary of each completed audit engagement is
reported to their Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee. An annual report is
also provided to the Committee, summarising the audit activity for the year
and providing the Chief Auditor’s annual opinion. The 2023/24 annual report
will be considered by the Joint Committee on 10 June 2024. No specific
audit engagements were planned during the reporting period. 
1.7 Glasgow City Region City Deal – Internal audit services are provided by
Glasgow City Council Internal Audit Services, finalised reports for each
completed audit engagement are reported to the Glasgow City Region
Cabinet and the reports are shared with member Council’s. The Chief
Auditor for Renfrewshire Council meets regularly with the City Region
Auditors and provides them with an annual assurance statement to support
the Glasgow City Region annual governance statement. During the reporting
period, three audit reviews were completed and have been included at
appendices 4-6. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Members are invited to note the audit arrangements for each partner
organisation.
2.2 Members are invited to note the content of the audit reports and audit
summaries that have been considered by the partner bodies.
__________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
Page 20 of 230

Page 27

1. Financial - None 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community Planning – 
Safer and Stronger - effective internal audit is an important element of good
corporate governance. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7.  Equality & Human Rights – None 
8. Health & Safety – None
9. Procurement - None 
10.  Risk - The summary reported relates to the delivery of the risk-based internal
audit plans for the partner bodies 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Implications – None 
13. Climate Risk - None 
________________________________________________________________
Author:           Andrea McMahon
Page 21 of 230

Page 28

Appendix 1
Internal Audit Report
Renfrewshire Valuation Joint Board
Governance Arrangements - Information
Governance (B0005/2024/001)    
Date: September 2023
BOARD SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the review were to ensure that:
1. Personal information is kept secure, accurate and up to date.
2. Appropriate measures and records are in place to demonstrate compliance with key
Data Protection Principles.
3. Arrangements are in place to ensure that Data Privacy Impact Assessments are
undertaken when required.
4. Arrangements are in place to provide training on GDPR to relevant employees.
5. Procedures are in place to identify data breaches and report them to Renfrewshire
Valuation Joint Board’s (RVJB) Data Protection Officer. 
Audit Scope
1. Ascertained the information that RVJB holds, how sensitive the information is and
how it is stored.
2. Discussed with appropriate staff the arrangements in place to demonstrate
compliance with information security good practice.
3. Reviewed and assessed the evidence to support compliance and identified any
possible improvements. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. Personal information is kept secure through physical access controls and passwords;
and is kept accurate and up to date through regular reviews.
2. Appropriate measures and records are in place to demonstrate compliance with key
Data Protection Principles, including application of the Data Protection and
Information Handing policies.
3. Arrangements are in place to ensure that Data Privacy Impact Assessments are
undertaken for new initiatives or change of business practices involving personal
data.
4. Arrangements are in place to provide training on GDPR to relevant employees
through annual refresher training, regular bulletins and awareness emails.
5. An Information Security Incident Log is in place but there have been no recorded
data breaches. 
Key Risks
There were no key risks identified during the audit. 
Page 22 of 230

Page 29

Appendix 1
Internal Audit Report
Renfrewshire Valuation Joint Board
Governance Arrangements - Information
Governance (B0005/2024/001)    
Date: September 2023 
Overall Audit Opinion
The audit identified that satisfactory arrangements in place for the handling of personal
information within the RVJB. The systems in place for the Electoral Register, Valuation Roll
and Council Tax dwellings are well controlled and regularly reviewed. Staff are regularly
trained and made aware of their responsibilities for handling personal data. 
Page 23 of 230

Page 30

Appendix 2
Internal Audit Report
Scotland Excel
Social Care Contracts (A0008/2023/001)
Date: September 2023 
COMMITTEE SUMMARY 
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the audit were to: -
1. Evaluate the extent to which Scotland Excel's care contracts support the principles relevant
to commissioning and procurement as set out in the recommendations detailed in the
Feeley Review. 
2. Identify any areas for improvement and outline actions to address these. 
Audit Scope
1. Obtained a copy of the publication, 'An Independent Review of Adult Social Care in
Scotland', by Derek Feeley. 
2. Interviewed relevant officers within Scotland Excel and obtained information relating to
social care contracts. 
3. Prepared a series of tests to meet the detailed audit objectives. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. Scotland Excel were able to evidence that for the contracts selected for testing, work has
been undertaken to ensure that, where possible, the commissioning and procurement
recommendations as set out in the Feeley Review have been or will be implemented.
2. Stakeholder engagement and market research, including service users and people with
lived experience has been carried out to ensure that there has been a collaborative, rights
based and participative approach.
3. The Procurement Strategy and Service Specifications documentation also include ethical
and fair work requirements as set out in the Feeley Review recommendations. 
Key Risks
There were no key risks arising from the audit review. 
Overall Audit Opinion
In the care frameworks currently being created by Scotland Excel, the commissioning and
procurement recommendations set out in the Feeley Review have been incorporated, where
possible, to include areas such as a collaborative, rights based and participative approach and ethical
and fair work requirements.  Work has been undertaken to ensure that the additional processes
outlined in the Feeley Review will be included in future frameworks. 
Page 24 of 230

Page 31

Appendix 3
Internal Audit Report
INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
IJB – Performance Management (B0017/2024/002)
Date: January 2024
COMMITTEE SUMMARY
Audit Objectives
The objectives of the review were to ensure that:
• Roles and responsibilities for performance management are clear and understood.
• A performance management strategy / framework is in place and details the key
performance indicators.
• Key performance indicators set are SMART and are aligned to organisational
objectives.
• Performance is reviewed regularly by management and the Board.
• Arrangements are in place to ensure that where targets are not being achieved there
are mechanisms to review and improve performance. 
Audit Scope
1. Checked that an adequate system was in place to record the required performance
information for each indicator selected and evaluated for adequacy.
2. For a sample of underperforming indicators, ascertained the review process, what
actions were being taken to address these and if the actions taken were sufficient,
3. Checked that there was adequate management oversight for the selected
performance indicators. 
Key Audit Assurances
1. Roles and responsibilities for performance management within the Planning and
Performance team are clear and understood.
2. A performance management strategy / framework is in place through strategic plans
and performance reports that detail the key performance indicators.
3. Key performance indicators tested from the Annual Performance Report were SMART
and were aligned to organisational objectives in the strategic plan. 
4. Performance scorecards are reviewed annually by management to ensure the
indicators are meaningful with realistic and achievable targets and are reported to
Board.
Page 25 of 230

Page 32

5. For underperforming indicators tested, arrangements were in place to ensure that
where targets were not being achieved, there were mechanisms to review and improve
performance. 
Key Risks
• No key risks were identified as a result of this audit. 
Overall Audit Opinion
The audit identified that satisfactory arrangements are in place for performance management
within the Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership. The systems in place for monitoring
and reviewing key performance indicators are well controlled.
As a result, there were no audit findings identified during this review and the auditor has made
a provision of substantial assurance for the areas tested. 
Management Commentary
N/A as no key risks identified. 
Page 26 of 230

Page 33

Internal Audit | Education Services | Gateway Shared Services 
0 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan 
Internal Audit
Glasgow City Region City Deal
Project Procurement Strategies
Final Report
April 2023
FS 57095
Page 27 of 230

Page 34

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Project Procurement Strategies 
1 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
1 Introduction
1.1 As part of the agreed Internal Audit plan, we have undertaken
a review across the Glasgow City Region Programme
Management Office (the PMO) and member authorities in
relation to Project Procurement Strategies. 
1.2 The new Regional Sustainable Procurement Strategy was
approved by the Cabinet on 1 June 2021.  The Procurement
Support Group (PSG), made up of representatives from each
of the eight member authorities and the PMO is responsible
for translating the Sustainable Procurement Strategy into
action by monitoring performance of core elements of delivery
and undertaking reviews. The group continues to provide
guidance on best practice to the PMO and other stakeholders
and assists member authorities in understanding the impact
procurement will have on the City Deal Programme. 
1.3 We have been advised that in recent times member
authorities have found that construction and materials costs
have significantly increased. This is because procurement
exercises are attracting fewer bids than anticipated, and / or
higher value bids are being submitted. 
1.4 The purpose of the audit was to review the project
procurement strategies in place.  These strategies aim to
achieve competitive bids and ensure value for money during
procurement exercises. The audit also sought to gain
assurance that there are sufficient and appropriate controls in
place in relation to procurement and that these are being
complied with. The scope of the audit included: 
• A review of documented procurement strategies in place.
• Reviewing a sample of project procurement exercises to
ensure a sufficient number of bids were obtained.
• Ensuring that there is appropriate attendance at PSG
meetings, workshops and sub-groups.
• Ensuring regular communication takes place between
officers from the different member authorities and the
PMO.
• Checking that due diligence arrangements are in place for
suppliers.
• Reviewing the arrangements in place to provide suitable
management information to the appropriate groups for
scrutiny. 
• Reviewing the arrangements in place for supplier chain
risk management.
1.6 The sample of member authorities that were selected for this
review were: 
• Glasgow City Council
• Renfrewshire Council
• South Lanarkshire Council 
Page 28 of 230

Page 35

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Project Procurement Strategies 
2 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
2 Audit Opinion
2.1 Based on the audit work carried out a reasonable level of assurance can be placed upon the control environment. The audit has identified
some scope for improvement in the existing arrangements and two recommendations which management should address.
3 Main Findings
3.1 We are pleased to report that key controls are in place and
generally operating effectively. We found that the Regional
Sustainable Procurement Strategy aligns with member
authorities’ needs and strategic drivers. The Action Plan is
reviewed annually, and reasonable arrangements are in place
to monitor tasks and report progress against actions outlined
in the strategy. 
3.2 Suitable arrangements are in place within the three member
authorities reviewed to provide support and attendance at the
PSG meetings. There are appointed representatives from
each member authority in attendance at the PSG, whose role
is to provide operational support & guidance within their own
organisation and to feed information through at different
levels and provide feedback to the PSG. 
3.3 However, we identified some areas where improvements
should be made. Within the sample of nine procurement
activities reviewed, we identified one exercise where the
Sourcing Strategy had not been appropriately approved. 
We also identified one procurement activity where initially no
bids were received for the required works. Although we were
advised there many factors had contributed to this, a lack of
early engagement with potential suppliers and failing to utilise
the Prior Information Notice (PIN) may have also played a
factor. 
3.4 An action plan is provided at section four outlining our
observations, risks and recommendations.  We have made
three recommendations for improvement. The priority of each
recommendation is:  
Priority Definition Total
High
Key controls absent, not being
operated as designed or could be
improved. Urgent attention
required.
0
Medium
Less critically important controls
absent, not being operated as
designed or could be improved.
2
Page 29 of 230

Page 36

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Project Procurement Strategies 
3 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
Low
Lower level controls absent, not
being operated as designed or
could be improved.
0
Service
Improvement
Opportunities for business
improvement and/or efficiencies
have been identified.
0
3.5 The audit has been undertaken in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards. 
3.6 We would like to thank officers involved in this audit for their
cooperation and assistance. 
3.7 It is recommended that the Head of Audit and Inspection
submits a further report to Cabinet on the implementation of
the actions contained in the attached Action Plan. 
Page 30 of 230

Page 37

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Project Procurement Strategies 
4 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
4 Action Plan
No. Observation and Risk Recommendation Priority Management Response
Key Control: Procurement exercises are undertaken in compliance with the documented procedures.
1 Procurement policies and procedures
require member authorities to develop a
sourcing strategy and obtain appropriate
approvals to agree the route to market. 
Through sample testing of nine
procurement exercises, we identified that
one sourcing strategy was not approved
by the project lead, the procurement lead
or the resource senior manager. For all
other eight procurement exercises, the
sourcing strategy had been completed
and approved where required. 
If sourcing strategies are not correctly
approved there is an increased risk that
an appropriate procurement exercise
may not be undertaken.
The PMO should remind all member authorities
that sourcing strategies should be appropriately
approved, and details of this approval retained
for audit purposes. 
Medium Response: 
Accepted. Reminder will be issued
to Lead Officers and Procurement
Support Group members. 
Officer Responsible for
Implementation: 
Head of City Region Programme
Management Office 
Timescales for Implementation: 
To be discussed at 24 April 2023
Lead Officer Group (LOG) meeting
and 18 May 2023 Procurement
Support Group meeting.  
Page 31 of 230

Page 38

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Project Procurement Strategies 
5 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
No. Observation and Risk Recommendation Priority Management Response
2 Through discussions at PSG meetings, it
was highlighted to member authority
representatives that the current status of
the construction market means that
suppliers are generally in positions to be
able to choose which contracts to bid for. 
Within the sample of nine procurement
activities, we identified one case where no
bids were initially received for required
works. We were advised that a new tender
exercise is currently underway and a Prior
Information Notice (PIN) is now being
utilised to assist in attracting bidders. 
Market saturation increases the risk of a
lack of tender responses, which in turn
may result in failed tender exercises. To
ensure best practice, early engagement
with the market and utilising PINs may
improve tender exercises conducted.   
The PMO should raise the construction market
issue at the PSG and ask members to consider
utilising PINs where appropriate. 
Medium Response: 
Accepted. Reminder will be issued
to Lead Officers and Procurement
Support Group members. 
Officer Responsible for
Implementation: 
Head of City Region Programme
Management Office 
Timescales for Implementation: 
To be discussed at 24 April 2023
Lead Officer Group (LOG) meeting
and 18 May 2023 Procurement
Support Group meeting. 
Page 32 of 230

Page 39

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
1 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan 
Internal Audit
Glasgow City Region City Deal
Stakeholder Engagement and
Managing Relationships 
Final Report
December 2023
FS 57095
Page 33 of 230

Page 40

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
2 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
1 Introduction
1.1 The Glasgow City Region Local Authorities (Member
Authorities) entered into a City Deal with the UK and Scottish
Governments in August 2014 (the City Deal). All Projects
within the City Deal programme are monitored, scrutinised
and challenged by, and are accountable to, the Glasgow City
Region Programme Management Office (PMO). 
1.2 To successfully deliver the programme, member authority
City Deal project teams are required to work closely with other
parties, both internally and externally, therefore appropriate
stakeholder engagement and relationship management
arrangements are crucial. 
1.3 The purpose of the audit was to gain assurance that these
arrangements are in place across the City Region, and for
individual City Deal projects. The scope of the audit included: 
• Arrangements between member authorities, the PMO
and other parties involved in City Deal projects across the
region.
• Availability of documented guidance and awareness of
City Deal stakeholder engagement requirements.
• Roles & responsibilities of key officers and teams.
• Identification of key stakeholders within business cases.
• Stakeholder engagement, including consideration of
dependencies/interdependencies and risk associated
with each stakeholder.
• Monitoring and management of associated risks and
dependencies. 
• Confirming that engagement arrangements with other
parties are working as expected.
• Training or experience gaps.
• The impact of project dependencies with other parties on
a sample of City Deal projects.
• Lessons learned arrangements.
• Best practice arrangements. 
1.4 The sample of projects that were selected for review were: 
• Glasgow City Council – Holland St/Pitt St and
Windmillcroft Quay.
• Renfrewshire Council – Glasgow Airport Investment
Area.
• South Lanarkshire Council – A72/M74 Signalisation and
Jackton Primary School.
• West Dunbartonshire Council – Exxon Site Development. 
Page 34 of 230

Page 41

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
3 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
2 Audit Opinion
2.1 Based on the audit work carried out a reasonable level of assurance can be placed upon the control environment.  The audit has identified
some scope for improvement in the existing arrangements and two recommendations which management should address. 
3 Main Findings
3.1 We are pleased to report that a number of key controls are in
place and generally operating effectively. We found that all
member authorities conduct stakeholder analysis, which is
included within the business case for each City Deal project. 
The business case is subject to an appraisal by the PMO
using a standardised set of questions, which includes
confirming that the main stakeholder groups and
dependencies on internal and external factors have been
identified and details of how these will be managed.
3.2 We were advised that Project Managers and relevant Project
Officers within member authorities are PRINCE2 certified and
undertake the Better Business Case training course when this
is offered by the PMO – this is an HM Treasury approach to
public spending and includes aspects of relationship
management and stakeholder engagement.  We confirmed
that the next round of Better Business Case training is being
scheduled by the PMO for early 2024 and member authorities
have been invited to elect City Deal Project Officers to attend
this course. 
3.3 Member authorities have adequate internal arrangements in
place for monitoring the progress of City Deal projects and
addressing issues as they arise – examples include a City
Deal and Infrastructure Programme Board in Renfrewshire
Council and a City Deal Infrastructure Group in South
Lanarkshire Council. There are also adequate reporting and
escalating processes in place to ensure that any issues
relating to managing relationships and stakeholder
engagement are scrutinised by the appropriate senior
officers. 
3.4 We confirmed that member authorities produce a quarterly
Project Status Report for each City Deal project which is
submitted to the PMO, providing key updates on the project
progress including issues and actions, financial information
and benefits tracking, change control requests and updates
on projects risks. This report would also highlight any issues
in relation to stakeholder engagement and relationship
management.
3.5 We also found that there were adequate arrangements in
place for member authorities to escalate issues to the PMO
between Project Status Report reporting dates. This includes
providing an update to the project commentary reported in the
PMO Interim Performance Report on an exception basis, and
Page 35 of 230

Page 42

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
4 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
individual quarterly meetings with the PMO in which member
authorities provide an update for each project including any
risks or issues that may have arisen.
3.6 We confirmed that best practice arrangements are shared
between the PMO and member authorities at Lead Officer
Group meetings.
3.7 However, we noted that there are some areas where
improvements could be made.  Although member authorities
conduct stakeholder analysis and consultations as part of the
business case formulation, and while a Programme
Management Toolkit is maintained by the PMO and made
available to member authorities, there is no specific guidance
notes or documentation in place to assist member authorities
with stakeholder analysis requirements and in the production
of a stakeholder matrix which maps a stakeholder’s
relationship/role with the project and their ability to impact it. 
3.8 We also found that lessons learned exercises are conducted
by member authorities at the end of a project or at key
milestones during a project’s lifespan. However, we found
that two of the member authorities did not maintain a lessons
learned log throughout the duration of the projects reviewed. 
3.9 An action plan is provided at section four outlining our
observations, risks and recommendations.  We have made
two recommendations for improvement. The priority of each
recommendation is:   
Priority Definition Total
High
Key controls absent, not being
operated as designed or could be
improved. Urgent attention
required.
0
Medium
Less critically important controls
absent, not being operated as
designed or could be improved.
1
Low
Lower level controls absent, not
being operated as designed or
could be improved.
1
Service
Improvement
Opportunities for business
improvement and/or efficiencies
have been identified.
0
3.10 The audit has been undertaken in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards. 
3.11 We would like to thank officers involved in this audit for their
cooperation and assistance. 
3.12 It is recommended that the Head of Audit and Inspection
submits a further report to Cabinet on the implementation of
the actions contained in the attached Action Plan. 
Page 36 of 230

Page 43

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
5 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
4 Action Plan
No. Observation and Risk Recommendation Priority Management Response
Key Control: Stakeholder engagement procedures and guidance are kept up to date to ensure they accurately reflect current working practices.
1 Member authorities conduct stakeholder
analysis which is included within the
business case for each City Deal Project.
A Programme Management Toolkit and
business case appraisal template are
available to member authorities to assist
in the production of business cases. 
However, there is no formal guidance on
the actions required, or the
considerations that should be given in
completion of a stakeholder analysis
including the production of a stakeholder
matrix and the development of a
communication and engagement plan for
each stakeholder group. 
This increases the risk that stakeholders
may not be identified in a timely manner
and appropriate arrangements are not put
in place to manage the expectations of,
and relationship with, key stakeholder
groups including those where project
dependencies exist.
The PMO should update the Programme
Management Toolkit to assist member
authorities with stakeholder engagement and
relationship management. 
The Toolkit should outline the expectations of
member authorities and provide assistance with
the production of a stakeholder matrix and a
communication and engagement plan for key
stakeholder groups. 
Once the Toolkit has been updated this should
be shared with City Deal member authorities.   
Medium Response: 
Recommendation accepted. Toolkit
will be updated as per
recommendation.   
Officer Responsible for
Implementation: 
Communication and Marketing
Manager 
Timescales for Implementation: 
April 2024
Page 37 of 230

Page 44

Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Stakeholder Engagement & Managing Relationships 
6 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
No. Observation and Risk Recommendation Priority Management Response
Key Control: Adequate arrangements are in place to capture and record lessons learned.
2 We found that lessons learned exercises
are conducted by member authorities at
the end of a project or at key milestones
during a project’s lifespan. 
However, we found that two of the
member authorities do not maintain a
lessons learned log throughout the
project. 
The City Deal Project Management
Toolkit requires that a lessons learned log
is maintained. This is particularly
important for long term projects and those
with a high volume of sub-projects. 
Without documenting these at key
milestones and recording in a log, there is
an increased risk that key points or factors
that could be classed as a lesson learned
are missed. 
The PMO should remind all member authorities
of the requirement to record and maintain a
lessons learned log throughout the duration of a
project. 
Low Response: 
Recommendation accepted. Reminder
will be issued to Lead Officers, Will be
discussed at 29 January 2024 Lead
Officer Group (LOG) meeting. 
Officer Responsible for
Implementation: 
City Deal Programme Manager 
Timescales for Implementation: 
January 2024 
Page 38 of 230

Page 45

Glasgow City Council Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Financial Monitoring 
0 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
Will 
Glasgow City Region City Deal
Financial Monitoring
Final Report
April 2024
FS 57095
Page 39 of 230

Page 46

Glasgow City Council Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Financial Monitoring 
1 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
1 Introduction
1.1 As part of the agreed Internal Audit plan, we have carried out
a review of the financial monitoring arrangements in place
across the Glasgow City Region City Deal Programme. 
1.2 The Glasgow City Region Project Management Office (PMO)
is responsible for the financial monitoring and reporting for the
overall City Deal programme. The role of the PMO includes
collating the project status updates from all member
authorities and reporting to various senior officer groups and
the Cabinet. The current financial pressures being
experienced by all member authorities along with external
factors which may affect the progression of City Deal projects,
makes it even more vital to ensure that financial monitoring
and reporting is being carried out effectively and in line with
expected timescales in order to highlight any key issues as
soon as possible. 
1.3 The purpose of the audit was to gain assurance that there are
adequate controls in place covering financial monitoring and
reporting carried out by the PMO and member authorities,
and that these are operating effectively. The scope of the
audit included: 
• Documented procedures, roles and responsibilities.
• The financial monitoring process and reporting to
Cabinet.
• The process for identifying variances.
• The arrangements and approval processes for the
amendments of budgets.
• The PMO budget monitoring processes.
• The year-end processes.
• The internal monitoring processes and arrangements for
reporting to the PMO.
• The escalation processes in place. 
1.4 Four member authorities were selected for review were: 
• Inverclyde Council
• East Renfrewshire Council
• East Dunbartonshire Council
• North Lanarkshire Council 
The remaining four member authorities will be reviewed in the
second phase of this audit in 2024/25. 
Page 40 of 230

Page 47

Glasgow City Council Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Financial Monitoring 
2 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
2 Audit Opinion
2.1 Based on the audit work carried out, assurance can be taken that the control environment is satisfactory.
3 Main Findings
3.1 We are pleased to report that key controls are in place and
operating effectively. Guidance on the financial monitoring
requirements for City Deal projects is available to member
authorities through the ‘Assurance Governance and
Programme Management Framework’ (the Framework) and
the supporting Project Management Toolkit. The PMO is
responsible for updating both documents and an annual
schedule of review and approval routes for changes to the
documents is in place. We were advised by senior officers
within the PMO, that a full review of both documents is
planned upon conclusion of Phase 2 of the Glasgow City
Region Governance Review. 
3.2 The PMO has satisfactory arrangements in place surrounding
the development and approval of the annual PMO Budget.
Regular budget monitoring is undertaken as expected, with
the overall position being reported to Cabinet as part of the
Quarterly Programme Report. 
3.3 In accordance with the Framework, we found that member
authorities provide the PMO with the expected quarterly
updates, detailing progress of their projects, which includes
financial information regarding expenditure, claims and
projected cashflows, in the form of Project Status Reports. 
We found satisfactory budget monitoring processes are in
place within the four sampled member authorities, to identify
budget variances and allow adequate review of all their
project financial positions through established reporting
arrangements. Adequate arrangements are in place to ensure
that scrutiny by relevant senior management and committees
is conducted in line with the agreed timescales. We found that
there are adequate processes for collating financial data for
reporting to the PMO and that there is a good working
relationship between the PMO and member authorities, which
includes regular meetings prior to the submission of the
quarterly returns. 
3.4 We found that the four sampled member authorities are
compliant with the established change control process in
respect of budget amendments. Satisfactory arrangements
are also in place across each member authority in respect of
the escalation and approval routes of internal change control
requests, as well as to the PMO as part of the quarterly
Project Status Report. This is to ensure that changes are also
approved or rejected at the appropriate programme level. A
Page 41 of 230

Page 48

Glasgow City Council Internal Audit | Glasgow City Region City Deal | Financial Monitoring 
3 Introduction Audit Opinion Main Findings Action Plan
central register of all approved change control requests
across the Region is adequately maintained by the PMO. 
3.5 The audit has been undertaken in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards. 
3.6 We would like to thank officers involved in this audit for their
cooperation and assistance. 
3.7 It is recommended that Cabinet note the content of this report. 
Page 42 of 230

Page 49

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Unaudited Annual Governance Statement 2023 - 2024
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 The Local Authority Accounting Regulations require that an Annual
Governance Statement is prepared and included in the Annual Accounts for the
council. The Annual Governance Statement should be prepared in accordance
with the CIPFA / Solace guidance “Delivering good governance in Local
Government”. 
1.2 The Annual Governance Statement for 2023-24 is attached and has been
prepared in accordance with the relevant regulation and guidance taking
account of the Internal Audit Annual Report and Director’s evaluation of the
operation of the governance arrangements within each service area. 
1.3 The Governance Statement is subject to statutory audit by the Council’s
External Auditors as part of their review of the annual accounts.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Members are invited to note the Annual Governance Statement which will be
included in the Unaudited Accounts for 2023/24.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Item 3
Page 43 of 230

Page 50

Implications of the Report
1. Financial - None 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community Planning – The application of sound governance
arrangements supports the Council to deliver on its key objectives and
priorities. 
4. Legal - subject to approval by Council, the Accounts will be released
for audit by the statutory deadline of 30 June 2024.   
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7.  Equality & Human Rights - None 
8. Health & Safety – None
9. Procurement - None 
10.  Risk – Specific risks identified from the Chief Auditor’s Annual Report
and the assessments of service Directors are disclosed in the
statement. 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Implications – None 
13. Climate Risk - None
________________________________________________________________
Author:          Andrea McMahon
Page 44 of 230

Page 51

Annual Governance Statement 
Scope of responsibility
Renfrewshire Council is responsible for ensuring that its business is conducted in accordance with the
law and proper standards, and that public money is safeguarded, properly accounted for, and used
economically, efficiently and effectively. The Council also has a statutory duty to make arrangements to
secure best value under the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003. In discharging this overall
responsibility, the Council’s members and the corporate management team are responsible for putting
in place proper arrangements for its affairs and facilitating the effective exercise of its functions, which
includes arrangements for the management of risk. 
The Council has approved and adopted a Local Code of Corporate Governance, which is consistent with
the principles of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) and the Society of
Local Authority Chief Executives (SOLACE) framework, Delivering Good Governance in Local
Government. A copy of the Local Code is available on our website Local Code of Corporate Governance
- Renfrewshire Website. 
This statement explains how Renfrewshire Council has complied with the Local Code and also meets the
Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the UK, which details the requirements for an annual
Governance Statement. 
The purpose of the governance framework
The governance framework comprises the systems and processes, and culture and values, by which the
Council is directed and controlled and through which it accounts to, engages with and leads the
community. It enables the Council to monitor the achievement of its strategic objectives set out in the
Council plan. 
The system of internal control is a significant part of that framework and is designed to manage risk to
a reasonable level. Internal control cannot eliminate all risk of failure to achieve policies, aims and
objectives and can therefore only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance of effectiveness. The
system of internal control is based on an ongoing process designed to identify and prioritise the risks to
the achievement of the Council’s policies aims and objectives, to evaluate the likelihood of those risks
being realised and the impact should they be realised, and to manage them efficiently, effectively and
economically. 
The governance framework
The main features of our governance arrangements are described in the Local Code but are summarised
below: 
The overarching strategic priorities and vision of the Council are set out in the Council Plan 2022-2027
and the Renfrewshire Community Plan 2017-2027. The Council Plan is aligned to the Community Plan
and sets out 5 strategic outcomes that the organisation will work to achieve over a 5-year period with
specific priorities relating to tackling inequality, promoting economic and cultural regeneration,
attainment and sustainability. Renfrewshire’s Community Plan (which also acts as Renfrewshire’s Local
Outcome Improvement Plan as required by the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015) details
how community planning partners will work together to achieve the key priorities identified for
Renfrewshire. A mid- term review of the Community Plan was also undertaken in 2022 in tandem with
the development of the new Council Plan, which identified three key areas of focus which would be
progressed by partners. 
• The key outcomes the Council is committed to delivering with its partners, are set out in the
Community Plan;
• The Council operates within an established governance framework which incorporates a
scheme of delegated functions, financial regulations, standing orders relating to contracts
and procedural standing orders. These elements of the framework are kept under regular
review by the Council;
Page 45 of 230

Page 52

• The Council facilitates policy and decision making through a policy board  structure;
• Services are able to demonstrate how their own activities link to the Council’s vision and
priorities through their service improvement plans. Performance management and
monitoring of service delivery is reported through policy boards regularly including six
monthly updates to the Leadership Board on progress against the implementation of the
Council Plan;
• The Corporate Management Team has agreed a new refreshed approach to its performance
monitoring and the Council Plan scorecard will be considered alongside other performance
information each quarter and followed up with an in-depth look at performance in one service
particular area of interest at regular intervals.  Performance scrutiny sessions between the
Chief Executive and Directorate teams are also being re-established, supported by a cross
organisation panel;
• An annual report on the Local Government Benchmarking Framework, which includes data
for over 100 indicators for all 32 local authorities, is provided to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board each year;
• The Council makes a range of performance information available on its website, including the
publication of its public performance report " How are we doing?", in line with statutory
requirements. 
• The Council has adopted a code of conduct for its employees. Elected members adhere to
the nationally prescribed Code of Conduct for Members. In addition, the Council has in place
a protocol for Relationships between Political Groups, Elected Members and Officers;
• The Council’s approach to risk management is set out in the combined risk management
policy and strategy and is well embedded. Risks are reported 6 monthly to the Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board and a Risk Management Annual Report is also provided to Board in respect of
corporate risk management arrangements. In 2023/24 the council launched its self-
developed Business as Usual Risk Assurance Model. All Heads of Service self-assessed their
levels of assurance in relation to implementing risk controls covering various aspects of
governance, risk and internal control. The Corporate Management Team are required to
confirm the overall assurances for their service areas. 
• The Director of Finance and Resources is the Council’s Senior Information Risk Owner and
information risk is monitored through the Information Management and Governance Group
and its sub-groups. The Managing Solicitor (DPO) is the statutory Data Protection Officer;
• Comprehensive arrangements are in place to ensure members and officers are supported by
appropriate training and development;
• Registers of interests for elected members and senior officers are maintained and published
on the Council’s website;
• The Council complies with the CIPFA Code of Practice on Managing the Risk of Fraud and
Corruption and the Council’s arrangements for fraud prevention, detection and investigation
are managed through the corporate counter fraud service;
• The Council’s approach to ‘whistleblowing’ is outlined in the whistleblowing policy. 
• Cyber-attacks are both increasing and becoming more sophisticated and while no system of
internal control can provide absolute assurance the Council has a range of multi layered
Cyber Security controls in place that are tested annually to check standards are in line with
Government guidance. Industry cyber security standards are followed and explicitly those
belonging to Public Sector Network (PSN), National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC) guidance,
Scottish Government Public Sector Cyber Resilience Plan and Payment Card Industry (PCI)
data security standards. The O365 security and compliance toolset provides a wide range of
protection against cyber-attacks including identity theft and phishing. The Council holds a
current Certificate of Compliance for PSN standards. ICT network and digital services are
monitored monthly through our cyber security partner. These are all monitored and managed
through the Cyber Security team which is headed up by a CISM qualified Cyber Security
Architect (Cyber Information Security Manager). Events and alerts are monitored 24 x 7 by
our cyber security partner who are authorised to take emergency preventative action where
necessary;
• Clear and independent governance arrangements are in place with One Ren and the
Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership with oversight from the Head of Policy and
Partnerships and the Head of Corporate Governance respectively and the Council’s
Leadership Board.
Page 46 of 230

Page 53

• Seven Local Partnerships have been established and have identified initial local priorities.
Decision making including that relating to relevant grants is delegated to each Local
Partnership through a Lead Officer appointed by the Council, through the Chief Executive. 
This governance framework has been in place at Renfrewshire Council for the year ended 31 March 2024. 
The system of internal financial control
The system of internal financial control is based on a framework of regular management information,
financial regulations, administrative procedures (including segregation of duties), management and
supervision, and a system of delegation and accountability. Development and maintenance of the
system is undertaken by managers within the Council. The system includes:
• Guidance on financial management supported by comprehensive financial regulations and
codes;
• Comprehensive budgeting systems, and detailed guidance for budget holders;
• Regular reviews of periodic and annual financial reports which indicate financial performance
against forecasts;
• Setting targets to measure financial and other performance;
• Clearly defined capital expenditure guidelines;
• As appropriate, formal project management principles;
• The Chief Finance Officer is the Director of Finance and Resources who complies with the
CIPFA Statement on the Role of The CFO in Public Services. 
The role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee and the Chief Auditor
The role of the audit committee is under the remit of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board which is chaired
by an independent elected member; its role includes: 
• to approve the internal audit charter and annual internal audit plans;
• to review internal and external audit reports and the main issues arising, including those
relating to the annual accounts and seek assurance that action has been taken and make
recommendations to the Council where appropriate;
• to receive and consider the Chief Auditor’s annual report, summarising internal audit activity
and the level of assurance this provides over the arrangements for internal control, risk
management and governance within the Council;
• to monitor the performance of internal audit;
• to consider the annual review of the Local Code of Corporate Governance. 
The internal audit service operates in accordance with Public Sector Internal Audit Standards and reports
to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board. Internal audit undertakes an annual programme of work,
approved by the Board, based on a strategic risk assessment. The Council’s Chief Auditor provides an
independent opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the governance framework, risk
management and internal control. The Council conforms to the requirements of the CIPFA Statement
on the Role of the Head of Internal Audit (2019). 
Members and officers of the Council are committed to the concept of sound governance and the
effective delivery of Council services. The Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Committee self-assessed against the
CIPFA guidance, Audit Committees: Practical Guidance for Local Authorities and Police. The Committee
is compliant in all material respects, with some minor improvements required to improve clarity of
roles. The Council’s Chief Auditor has responsibility to review independently and report to the Audit,
Risk and Scrutiny Board annually, to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Local
Code and the extent of compliance with it. The Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board performs a scrutiny role
in relation to the application of the Local Code of Corporate Governance and regularly monitors the
performance of the Council’s internal audit service. 
Internal Audit reporting arrangements include communication of finalised audit engagements,
monitoring the progress of agreed management actions and communication of any unacceptable risk
identified to the Board. 
Review of effectiveness and continuous improvement
Page 47 of 230

Page 54

Renfrewshire Council has responsibility for conducting, at least annually, a review of the effectiveness
of its governance framework including the system of internal control. The review of effectiveness of the
framework is informed by the work of the Corporate Management Team who have responsibility for
the development and maintenance of the governance environment, the Chief Auditor’s annual report,
and reports from the external auditors and other review agencies and inspectorates. 
The effectiveness of the governance framework and how the organisation manages its risks is reviewed
annually by the Corporate Management Team, including the use of the recently introduced business as
usual risk assurance model, which is an annually updated self-assessment tool covering 12 key areas of
governance, internal control and risk as follows: 
• Asset Management
• Complaints, Comments and Claims
• Financial Control and Governance
• Health and Safety, and managing adverse events
• Information Handling
• Organisational Resilience
• Partnership Management
• People, Wellbeing and Development
• Programme Management
• Service Performance 
• Community and Public Safety 
This self-assessment indicated the governance framework is being complied with in all material
respects. In addition, the review of the effectiveness of the governance arrangements and the systems
of internal control within the group entities places reliance upon the individual bodies’ management
assurances in relation to the soundness of their systems of internal control. 
The Council’s approach to continuous improvement has a number of strands.  Our Council Plan and
Service Improvement Planning processes drive much of this and allow for elected member scrutiny of
improvement activity.  Services also undertake improvement work linked to their core duties and to
statutory requirements.  Registered services in education, housing, social work and social care regularly
undertake self-assessment activity as part of their regulatory framework and inspection process.  
Services within Environment, Housing and Infrastructure maintain their ISO 9001 accreditation as one
means of demonstrating quality.  The Council has recently developed its own model of corporate self-
assessment based on the Public Service Improvement Framework. 
The Corporate Management Team introduced an updated programme of corporate self-assessment in
2023 linked to the previous EFQM/PSIF model used across the public sector.  All Chief Officers
participated in this programme initially before it was further extended to a wider group of senior leaders
across the Council.  The outputs from this are informing an improvement plan to be led by the Corporate
Management Team. 
The Council continues to recognise the need to exercise strong financial management arrangements to
manage the financial pressures common to all local authorities and has robust financial control and
financial planning processes in place. The CIPFA Financial Management (FM) Code was first adopted by
the Council in June 2021, and the resulting action plan contains 59 improvement actions with target
dates ranging from 2023 until 2025. Work to refresh the initial engagement will be undertaken by the
end of 2025 to ensure that improvement work continues to be focused, relevant and effective. 
The Council continues to manage a number of very significant challenges and is operating within a
context of new and emerging challenges which require the Council to respond very flexibly to the
changing needs of local businesses, communities and citizens.  These factors include:
• Ongoing economic uncertainty, which has significantly increased costs and impacted supply
chains utilized by the Council and its partners. The linked cost of living crisis has also required
the Council to respond in new ways with partners to meet the needs of those most vulnerable
across Renfrewshire through our Fairer Renfrewshire Programme.
Page 48 of 230

Page 55

• Inflationary cost pressures, including those linked to pay, continue to significantly impact the
Council’s financial position.  The Council has developed a financial sustainability programme
which will drive a range of service improvements and financial savings across the organisation
over the next three years.
• New and developing demand pressures continue to impact the Council, including in relation
to issues such as migration and asylum, in relation to support for Ukrainian Displaced
Persons, Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children and Young People and more recently the
widening out of the asylum dispersal programme.
• In the post-pandemic period, the Council has had a strong focus on recovering from Covid-19
and continuing to mitigate some of the impacts on our communities, including those relating
to rapidly increasing living costs.  As an organisation, the Council has continued to adopt new
ways of working, building on the strong approach developed during the pandemic in areas
such as digital access for customers, and embracing hybrid working.  Whilst this is still a
recovery phase, much of the business-as-usual work has fully resumed, including:   
• the work on social renewal, which began during the pandemic, is now part of the wider Fairer
Renfrewshire programme, which is overseen by a sub-committee of the Leadership Board.
Services have returned to the regular programme of reporting performance to elected
members through policy boards, with service improvement plans submitted for approval in
spring 2024 and regular progress updates provided.
• the Right for Renfrewshire programme recommenced over 2022, and the service redesigns
progressed were in those areas where it was anticipated that there would be potentially less
direct impact from the pandemic recovery process and where the greatest opportunity exists
for appropriate management and service capacity to be directed towards the Right for
Renfrewshire agenda; 
• the Council commenced planning for Brexit during 2019/20 and identified risks have been
incorporated into the Strategic and Corporate Risk Registers. Some of these risks will be
further exacerbated by the ongoing conflict in Ukraine and the associated sanctions on Russia
which will place additional cost and supply pressures on some products and materials that
are likely to increase and continue into 2023/24. 
Audit Scotland have introduced a new approach to auditing Best Value in local government which has
commenced this year as part of the next 5-year Best Value Audit programme. This approach involves
thematic areas of focus each year which will be considered for all local authorities within the same
snapshot in time rather than the previous rolling programme of deep dive audits which inspect each local
authority across a five-year programme. 
This is significant shift in approach and in year one (2023), this examined the effectiveness of leadership
within Councils across Scotland, with a separate thematic report published for Renfrewshire Council in
September 2023 alongside the Annual Audit Report. For 2024, the national theme will be Workforce
Innovation. 
Alongside the ongoing Best Value auditing and this new approach with annual themes, there will also be
further external audit activity as requested by the Accounts Commission following the Section 102 report
instructed in response to the Dargavel School pupil roll forecast error. It is expected a Best Value report
will be produced by the end of 2024 for Renfrewshire Council.   The action plan arising from the
Independent Review of the Dargavel School Project is reported to and monitored by the Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board. 
The Council undertook a comprehensive review of its governance arrangements through a member led
cross party working group, the recommendations arising were reported to and approved by the Council
on 29 February 2024. A separate self-assessment against the CIPFA guidance for effective Audit
Committees was undertaken with the members of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board and actions for
improvement were identified and have been progressed. A leadership development programme was also
delivered to support senior managers and comprehensive financial governance training was undertaken
across the council’s senior and middle managers. 
The external auditors, Azets, provided an unqualified and unmodified audit opinion on the 2022/23 annual
accounts.
Page 49 of 230

Page 56

Regular reviews of the Council’s governance arrangements are undertaken by internal audit. Two specific
area were identified in the 2022/23 governance statement as impacting on the overall internal control,
risk management and governance arrangements. These were:
• Business continuity plans – All services now have up-to-date business continuity plans, with a
programme of quality assurance being undertaken.
• Manual creditor payments – A corporate project to address this area is currently underway. 
The programme of work undertaken by internal audit in 2023/2024 identified 8 occasions where a limited
or no assurance level was provided in relation to the internal control, risk management and governance
objectives for the specific areas of each audit review. Of these, 6 were specific to individual service areas
and although these areas require to be addressed there is no significant impact on the Council’s overall
system of internal control and action plans are in place to address the risk identified. 
The remaining 3 areas identified as impacting on the overall internal control, risk management and
governance arrangements are: 
Disaster recovery – The Council’s critical systems are increasingly moving to a SaaS operating model and,
as these systems are externally hosted, the Council’s role in relation to disaster recovery differs from
traditional, on-premises solutions, where IT would have a more active role. Nonetheless it is important
that the Council has adequate arrangements in place for obtaining assurance from SaaS providers that
disaster recovery will be handled in a timely manner, with minimum business impact, should an event
occur. The review identified that improvements were required, including formal identification of critical
systems and formalising the procurement guidance to ensure that services procured meet the required
disaster recovery arrangement. An action plan is in place to ensure that the required actions are
implemented. 
Health and Safety – The corporate arrangements for health and safety require to be improved. It was
identified that procedures require to be reviewed and updated.  Improvements are required in terms of
corporate oversight, compliance and performance reporting.   
Purchasing processes (corporate credit cards) - Compliance against the corporate procedures requires to
be improved, the main areas for improvement included eliminating off-contract spend and improving
the authorisation process to ensure that all purchases are properly authorised. The corporate
procurement unit has reminded all relevant employees of the requirement to comply with the
established procedures. 
Internal audit undertakes an annual exercise to ensure that recommendations arising from internal audit
engagements have been implemented by service management and the results are reported to the Audit,
Risk and Scrutiny Board. This work highlighted that 88% of recommendations were implemented by the
due date. 9% had passed their original due date and revised implementation dates have now been set and
3% were superseded. Of the 44 recommendations followed up that were deemed to be critical, 41 have
been fully implemented and 3 have been partially implemented. Revised implementation dates have been
agreed for each of these recommendations. 
It is our view that the Council has in place a sound for governance, risk management and internal control
and that appropriate mechanisms are in place to identify any areas of weakness. This is corroborated by
an Annual Report incorporating the Annual Assurance Statement prepared by the Council’s Chief Auditor
stating that subject to management addressing the critical and important recommendations made the
limited and no assurance reports, it is considered that reasonable assurance can be placed upon the
adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s internal control, risk management and governance
arrangements. 
Action Plan 
Following consideration of the review of adequacy and effectiveness the following action plan has been
agreed to ensure continual improvement of the Council’s governance.
Page 50 of 230

Page 57

Agreed action Responsible person Date
Implement improvement plan arising from the
Corporate Self-Assessment Exercise.
Head of Policy and
Partnerships
December 2024
The recommendations arising for the review of the
corporate health and safety internal audit report,
will be considered and an action plan developed
will be agreed for implementation. 
Director of Finance and
Resources
December 2024 
The agreed actions will be subject to review to identify the progress being made in implementing these
actions. 
Update on the 2022/23 Action Plan 
Agreed action Progress Update Responsible person Date
All service level
business continuity
plans are to be updated
to record all the ICT
risks referred to in the
council’s business
continuity plan
template for all service
areas.
All service areas have
updated their business
continuity plan templates.
These plans are currently
being externally quality
assured.
Service Directors December 2024
A review of the current
manual payment
process is under review
with key stakeholders
from the Corporate
Procurement Unit and
the Finance Business
Partners, this will
enable and introduce
an exception policy to
support the No
Purchase Order No
Payment.  Once the
review is conducted the
exception policy will be
implemented and the
No Purchase Order No
Payment approach will
commence, this is
anticipated to take up
to 12 Months.  
A Strategic P2P Lead officer
was appointed in November
2023. 
The programme’s Strategic
and Operational Governance
boards have now been
established and meet on a
monthly basis to discuss key
decision points, with regular
updates to the Corporate
Management Team. 
Nine Project Workstreams
have been established, with
lead officers appointed to
progress these and as part of
this, the No PO No Payment
initiative will be taken
forward, it is now expected to
be implemented by
December 2024. 
Strategic Lead (P2P)  December 2024 
Assurance
Subject to the above, and on the basis of the assurances provided, we consider the governance and
internal control environment operating during 2023/24 provides reasonable and objective assurance
that any significant risks impacting on the achievement of our principal objectives will be identified and
actions taken to avoid or mitigate their impact. Systems are in place to continually review and improve
the governance and internal control environment and action plans are in place to address identified
areas for improvement.
Page 51 of 230

Page 58

Page 52 of 230

Page 59

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Auditor
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Internal Audit Annual Report 2023 - 2024
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1  The Public Sector Internal Audit Standards require the Chief Auditor to
prepare a report, at least annually, to senior management and the Board on
the internal audit activity’s purpose, authority, and responsibility, as well as
performance relative to its plan. 
1.2  The annual report must also provide an annual audit opinion on the overall
adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s internal control environment and
include details of any significant risk exposures and control issues, including
fraud risks, governance issues, and other matters that can be used to inform
the governance statement. 
1.3  The Annual Report for 2023-24 is attached and outlines the role of Internal
Audit, the performance of Internal Audit, the strategic and operational issues
which influenced the nature of the work carried out, the key audit findings, and
contains the annual audit assurance statement.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Members are invited to consider and note the contents of the Internal Audit
Annual Report. 
___________________________________________________________________
Item 4
Page 53 of 230

Page 60

Implications of the Report
1. Financial - None 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community Planning – 
Safer and Stronger - effective internal audit is an important element of good
corporate governance. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights – None 
8. Health & Safety – None
9. Procurement - None 
10.  Risk - The summary reported relates to the delivery of the risk-based internal audit
plan. 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Implications – None 
13. Climate Risk - None 
________________________________________________________________
Author Andrea McMahon 
Page 54 of 230

Page 61

Annual Report 
2023-2024 
Renfrewshire Council
Internal Audit 
May 2024
Page 55 of 230

Page 62

Page 56 of 230

Page 63

Renfrewshire Council 
Internal Audit Annual Report 2023/2024 
Contents 
Page 
1.    Introduction  1 
2.    Responsibilities of Management and Internal Audit  2 
3. Internal Audit Activity in 2023/24  2 
4.                                                                          Summary of Internal Audit Work    4 
5.  Internal Audit Resources  4 
6.  Review of Internal Audit Activity 
• Table 1 – Analysis by category of audit 
5
7.    Quality Assurance and Improvement Activity 
• Table 2 – Internal Audit Performance 
6
8. Implementation of Audit Recommendations 
• Table 3 – Implementation of Audit Recommendations 
6
9. Performance of Non-Audit Activities
• Table 4 – Corporate Counter Fraud Performance
7
10.  Audit Assurance Statement  9 
Appendix 1 – Summary of Assurances 
Page 57 of 230

Page 64

Page 58 of 230

Page 65

1
Renfrewshire Council 
Internal Audit Annual Report   
1 April 2023 – 31 March 2024 
1. Introduction 
1.1 Internal Audit is an independent and objective assurance and consulting activity
designed to add value and improve the operations of Renfrewshire Council. It
assists Renfrewshire Council in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a
systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness
of the organisation's risk management, control, and governance processes. 
1.2 The Chief Auditor reports functionally to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board and
administratively (i.e. day to day operations) to the Director of Finance and
Resources. In accordance with the principles of good corporate governance,
regular reports on internal audit work and performance are presented to the
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board. 
1.3 The purpose, authority and responsibility of the internal audit activity is defined
in the internal audit charter, approved by the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board;
and provides that the Chief Auditor has independent responsibility for the
conduct, format and reporting of all internal audit activity and findings. 
1.4 The service operates in accordance with the Public Sector Internal Audit
Standards (PSIAS). The Standards define the basic principles for carrying out
internal audit. They establish the framework for providing internal audit
services, which add value to the organisation, leading to improved
organisational processes and operations. 
1.5 The Standards require the Chief Auditor to prepare a report, at least annually,
to senior management and the Board on the internal audit activity’s purpose,
authority, and responsibility, as well as performance relative to its plan. The
annual report must also provide an annual audit opinion, on the overall
adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s internal control environment. It
must include details of any significant risk exposures and control issues,
including fraud risks, governance issues, and other matters that can be used to
inform the governance statement.   
1.6 The aim of this report is to provide an opinion on the overall adequacy and
effectiveness of the council’s framework of governance, risk management and
control and provide a summary of the work undertaken during the year to
support that opinion.  The report also provides details of the performance of the
internal audit service during the past year, and the results of the quality
assurance and improvement programme.
1.7 In addition to the work carried out in relation to council services, we also provide
an internal audit service to the following organisations:
Page 59 of 230

Page 66

2
• OneRen
• Renfrewshire Valuation Joint Board
• Scotland Excel
• Clydeplan
• Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership – Integration Joint
Board 
1.8 The outcome of the audit assignments undertaken for these organisations is
reported separately as part of their annual report which also contains an
assurance statement to their Boards. 
2. Responsibilities of Management and Internal Audit 
2.1 It is the responsibility of the Council’s managers to ensure that the management
of the areas under their control is adequate and effective and that their services
have a sound system of internal control which facilitates the effective exercise
of the organisation’s functions and which includes arrangements for the
management of risk. 
2.2 Internal audit is not a substitute for effective control exercised by management
as part of their responsibilities. Internal audit’s role is to independently assess
the adequacy of the risk management, internal controls and governance
arrangements put in place by management and to undertake sufficient work to
evaluate and conclude on the adequacy of those controls for the period under
review. 
3. Internal Audit Activity during 2023/2024 
3.1 The internal audit plan for 2023/2024 was approved by the Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board on 13 March 2023.   The plan was risk-based and took into
account the outcomes of the service and corporate risk evaluation processes,
any significant changes in council operations over the period, and the impact of
developments in national policy and regulation.  The plan also took into account
key external audit reports including their Annual Audit Report for the council.   
3.2 The audit plan is kept under continuous review throughout the year, to ensure
we are flexible in reacting to changes in the internal and external environment
or to any changing risk profile for the council. We also experienced a reduction
in resource for the team for part of the year due to unplanned absence.  The
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board approved the following amendments to the plan: 
• Administration of medicines in schools has been deferred until 2024/25, to
allow for the revised policy to be approved and embedded. 
3.3 All other planned work as detailed in the 2023/2024 audit plan has been
undertaken or commenced and those assignments not finalised by 31 March
2024 have been prioritised in the first quarter of the current year. 
3.4 Set out below are the significant risks which influenced the content of the plan
and the nature of the work undertaken in recognition of these.  
Page 60 of 230

Page 67

3 
(1) Financial Challenges 
Our organisation faces an unprecedented financial challenge to make
significant savings after many years of already delivering substantial
efficiencies and reduction in our spending. Alongside this, our communities are
experiencing a cost-of-living crisis and the demand for our services is higher
than ever before. Therefore, the financial outlook continues to be subject to
significant and regular scrutiny. The 2023/24 audit plan included time for
reviewing:
• the procurement of goods and services; 
• treasury management;
• non-domestic rates;
• hardship and other discretionary payments. 
(2) Supporting organisational development 
The Council is remodelling how and where we work, we seek to have a skilled
and well supported workforce with access to modern technologies that support
our organisation and its employees to deliver on our priorities. The 2023/24
audit plan included time for reviewing:
• health and safety arrangements;
• recruitment processes;
• project management;
• asset management to support hybrid working; and
• ERP utilisation. 
(3) Contract management 
The Council spends significant sums of money on contracts with external
suppliers of goods and services. Good contract management will ensure the
outcomes envisaged at the inception of the contract are delivered in practice
and ensure best value for money. Poor contract management can impact
reputation, contractual relationships and incur additional costs. The 2023/24
audit plan included time for reviewing the:
• roads plant and labour contract; and
• vehicle hire contracts. 
3.5 In line with the council’s procedures, instances of suspected theft, fraud or other
irregularity are reported to internal audit.  Depending on the nature of the
allegations, they are investigated either by the internal audit service or by the
Corporate Counter Fraud service. All referrals were evaluated and investigated
as appropriate.   
3.6  During 2023/24, Internal Audit conducted a number of investigations mainly in
relation to employee conduct and service management has undertaken
disciplinary procedures and strengthened internal controls where necessary. 
3.7 The outcomes of all internal investigation reviews undertaken by internal audit
are reported to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board.
Page 61 of 230

Page 68

4  
4. Summary of Internal Audit Work
4.1 The internal audit team has been working on a hybrid basis, mainly from home.
The team also provided advice and support where necessary to council
services. 
4.2 Appendix 1 details the assurances arising from the internal audit work carried
out in line with the 2023/24 audit plan and from those 2022/23 assignments
which were finalised during this year which supports the annual assurance
statement.  These include the conclusions in relation to the overall system of
internal control, risk management and governance arrangements. 
5. Internal Audit Resources 
5.1     For the year to 31 March 2024, the audit plan was based on 940 operational
days. However, the actual staffing complement was reduced due to higher than
anticipated unplanned absence. 
5.2 The internal audit team will ensure that independence and objectivity are
maintained in line with the PSIAS including where non-audit work is undertaken.
Internal auditors will have no operational responsibilities. There have been no
impairments impacting on the Chief Auditor’s independence and the team has
been adequately resourced during the year. 
6. Review of Internal Audit Activity 
6.1     The Audit Plan for 2023/24 set out our risk-based plans across a range of audit
categories, the results of which have been reported quarterly to Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board. Table 1 below compares the actual days spent on each
category of audit work against that planned for the year.   
Table 1 
Type of Audit Planned
Days
Actual
Days
Variance
Days %
Governance 96 57 (39) 41%
Assurance 391 319 (72) 18%
Contingency 319 330 11 3%
Audit Planning & Reporting 134 140 6 4%
Total Operational Days 940 846 (94) 10%
Training  63 80 17 27%
Strategic Management  16 13 (3) 19%
Team Administration 96 75 (21) 22%
Development 69 56 (13) 19%
Total Non-operational Days 244 224 (20) 8%     
Page 62 of 230

Page 69

5
Gross Available Days 1184 1070  
Operational % 79% 79%  
Non-Audit – Including
Management of Risk
Management and Insurance and
Corporate Counter Fraud
including the co-ordination of
NFI
81 62 (19) 23% 
6.2 Material differences (over 20% and over 20 days) from the plan are explained
below: 
1) Governance                                                                                                              
The planned review of administration of medicines in schools was deferred until
2024/25 due to the planned implementation of a revised policy. Due to
unplanned absence completion of the review of recruitment procedures was
delayed and consequently part of the budgeted days are deferred into 2024/25. 
2) Team Administration 
Less time than anticipated was spent on general administration, team meetings
and preparation of timesheets. 
7. Quality Assurance and Improvement Activity 
7.1 Internal audit measures performance against a range of measures set annually
by the Director of Finance and Resources. The Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
received quarterly reports on progress and performance during the year. Table
2 shows the actual performance against targeted performance for the year. 
Table 2 
Internal Audit Performance 2023/24 
Performance measure  Target 2023/24 Actual 2023/24
% completion of audit plan for the year* 95% 92%
% engagements completed by target
date
95% 98.5%
% engagements completed within time
budget
95% 98.5%
* this measures the completion percentage as at 31 March.  100% of the plan is ultimately delivered through the
finalisation of the outstanding elements in the new financial year.  
7.3 The percentage completion of the audit plan is slightly below the target set for
the year.  This was due to the level of unplanned leave and the additional time
Page 63 of 230

Page 70

6
attributed to unplanned work. The actual performance for the year for the two
other indicators, is above the target performance level. 
7.4 The PSIAS require the Chief Auditor to develop and maintain a quality
assurance and improvement programme (QAIP) that covers all aspects of the
internal audit activity. The QAIP must include both periodic internal self-
assessments and five-yearly external assessments, carried out by a qualified,
independent assessor from outwith the organisation. 
7.5 We continued to participate in the Scottish Local Authorities Chief Internal
Auditors’ Group peer review process. Our most recent external assessment
was reported to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board in May 2023 and included 7
recommendations for improvement, all recommendations have now been
completed. The annual internal self-assessment process has concluded that
the internal audit service fully complies with the PSIAS.   
8.  Implementation of Audit Recommendations 
8.1 During 2023/24, 176 recommendations were followed up, with 88% of all
recommendations being completed. The implementation status of the
recommendations across each service area is detailed in Table 3 below. 
Table 3 
Implementation of Audit Recommendations 2023/24
Service No.
Followed up
Complete Partially
Complete
(new date)
Not
Implemented
(new date)
Redundant
Adult Services 7 6 (86%) 1 (14%) 0 0
Chief Executive’s 7 6 (86%) 1 (14%) 0 0
Children’s Services 8 8 (100%) 0 0 0
Environment,
Housing &
Infrastructure
83 77 (93%) 4 (5%) 1 (1%) 1 (1%)
Finance &
Resources 71 58 (82%) 8 (11%) 3 (4%) 2 (3%)
Total 176 155 (88%) 14 (9%) 4 (2%) 3 (1%) 
9. Performance of Non-Audit Activities 
9.1 Risk Management 
The responsibility for co-ordinating risk management and insurance activity
across the council lies with internal audit.  Risk management performance is
detailed in the risk management annual report. 
9.2 Corporate Counter Fraud 
Page 64 of 230

Page 71

7
The Corporate Counter Fraud Team reports to the Chief Auditor; during the
period 2023/2024, the team has worked on a hybrid basis. 
The Corporate Counter Fraud Team works to raise awareness of fraud, and to
encourage and promote an anti-fraud culture. Where a suspicion of fraud
arises, the team investigate and report their findings to management. Where
appropriate, follow-on action is taken, such as reporting the matter to Police
Scotland for further investigation, or directly to the Procurator Fiscal. 
The team works to protect Council resources, investigating frauds against the
Council, such as: council tax reduction, tenancy, housing application, Scottish
Welfare Fund, school placements, blue badge; and any other potentially
fraudulent matter arising. 
Where appropriate, customers are contacted by telephone or e-mail. This
process is convenient for customers and staff alike and enables investigations
to be conducted quickly and efficiently. Where necessary, and for more serious
cases, visits and interviews under caution are conducted. 
The team continue to work with the DWP, undertaking joint investigations,
which can result in the identification of overpayments of Single Person
Discount, Council Tax Reduction, Council Tax Benefit, Housing Benefit,
Universal Credit, Child and Working Tax Credits, and other DWP benefits. 
A Counter Fraud training course has been developed and is available to staff
on iLearn and is promoted across the Council. 
Table 4 
Corporate Counter Fraud Performance 2023/24
Financial Outcomes 2023/24 (£)
Cash savings directly attributable
to preventative counter fraud
intervention (e.g business grants)
5,409 
Cash recoveries in progress
directly attributable to counter
fraud investigations
88,599
Notional savings identified through
counter fraud investigation, (e.g.
housing tenancy and future
council tax)
375,411
Housing Benefit Savings identified
through other counter fraud work
or through joint working with the
DWP
27,094
Other DWP Benefit or Tax Credit
Savings Savings identified through
other counter fraud work or
27,990
Page 65 of 230

Page 72

8
through joint working with the
DWP
Non-Financial Outcomes 2023/24 
Housing properties recovered 4
Housing applications
amended/cancelled
6
Housing Allocation Priority
Changed
1
Blue badge misuse warning letters
issued
16
Blue Badges Cancelled 2
Supplier/Contractor Checks
Undertaken
250 
9.3 The National Fraud Initiative 
The National Fraud Initiative (NFI) in Scotland is a counter-fraud exercise led
by Audit Scotland and overseen by the Cabinet Office for the UK. It uses data
matching techniques to compare information about individuals held by different
public bodies, and on different financial systems that might suggest the
existence of fraud or error. 
Internal audit is responsible for the co-ordination of the exercise which is
undertaken every second year. The Council’s data, as required by the NFI, was
submitted in October 2022, the resulting matches were received from January
2023 and investigation of those matches is substantially complete. The final
outcomes arising from the exercise will be subject to a separate report to the
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board during 2024/25. 
10. Audit Assurance Statement 
10.1 Internal audit has performed its work in accordance with the role defined in
paragraph 1.4.  The audit work performed has been reported to senior
managers and where areas for improvement in internal control have been
identified appropriate recommendations have been made and accepted for
action by management.   
10.2 In view of the continued challenges common to all local authorities, the Council
recognises the need to exercise very close scrutiny over financial management
and compliance with overarching governance arrangements and will continue
to take appropriate action to further strengthen control in these areas.  
10.3 Internal audit contributes to the promotion of sound corporate governance in
the Council. The scrutiny function within the council performed by the Audit,
Risk and Scrutiny Board further demonstrates strong commitment in this area. 
10.4 It is not feasible for the system of internal control in the Council to be without
any weakness.  It is important to balance the risks involved in accepting
Page 66 of 230

Page 73

9
systems limitations with the consequences if a problem emerges. Internal audit
recognises this and assesses this in its reporting mechanism.   
10.5 The Council’s governance arrangements have been substantially reviewed
during the year, including a comprehensive assessment of the Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board arrangements against the CIPFA practical guidance for Audit
Committees which has made a positive impact on the scrutiny arrangements.
In addition, the extended Corporate Management Team participated in
comprehensive leadership development programme and training was delivered
to senior managers on governance and internal control. 
10.6 A new business as usual risk management assurance framework was
developed and Heads of Service across the organisation completed 12
modules during the year to self-assess their own levels of assurance against
those risk areas. 
10.7 Substantial improvements have been made on the previous year, in relation to
the implementation of recommendations for improvement, with 88% of all
recommendations made being implemented by the due date. 
10.8 Therefore, subject to management addressing the critical and important
recommendations made within those reports where limited and no assurance
could be provided, it is considered that reasonable assurance can be placed
upon the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s internal control, risk
management and governance arrangements, as evidenced by:  
(i) the results of the planned audit work in 2023/24;
(ii) the results of investigative work in 2023/24;
(iii) management self-assessment business as usual risks;
(iv) management action to respond to audit recommendations to mitigate the
risks areas highlighted in this report;
(v) the regular review of the Local Code of Corporate Governance.   
Signed         
Chief Auditor 
Date          20 May 2024  
Page 67 of 230

Page 74

Appendix 1
1
Audit Engagement Risk Area Assurance Level Conclusion
Rental Income Assurance  Substantial • The controls in place for rent collection from council
housing tenants were found to be satisfactory. Rent
collection and arrears levels are appropriately reported
to management. Gross Rent Arrears as a % of rent due
has increased in the last few years as a result of the
covid 19 pandemic and cost of living pressures. To
address this management have increased the level of
advice and support to tenants and targeted arrears at
the earliest possible stage to stop escalation of debt.
Debt Management Assurance  Reasonable • Although there are Business World procedures for
administering debts, the council does not have a Debt
Management Strategy setting out a high-level approach
to preventing the accumulation of debt over time for
sundry debts and procedures for each stage of the debt
management process. To assist in this process, we
were informed that the team dealing complex debt
within Business Services will provide management
information regarding debt trends and patterns of
problem debt. Invoices and credit notes are only issued
upon appropriate authorisation, but some invoices
tested were not raised timeously and some reminders
tested were not issued in line with the prescribed
timescales.
Non Domestic Rates Assurance  Reasonable • The audit identified that satisfactory controls are in place
for the billing and collection of NDR. Reviews of NDR
reliefs, granted on the basis of a prior year's
applications, have now recommenced after having not
being carried out for a number of years. However, many
actions that management stated would be put in place
after previous audit recommendations are not fully
implemented. Primarily, evidence of some rates relief
applications and refund authorisations were not
available. It was also noted that staff changes have
Page 68 of 230

Page 75

Appendix 1
2
resulted in income and refund reconciliations not being
carried out timeously.
Disaster Recovery Assurance  Limited • The audit has identified scope for improvement in the
existing arrangements. Recommendations were made
to enhance and strengthen controls; including
development of a central register of critical systems,
formalising ICT procurement guidance, and seeking
assurance from software as a service providers
regarding their ability to meet disaster recovery
requirements.
Care at Home
Processes
Assurance  Substantial • The current processes and controls in place relating to
the Totalmobile system are adequate and efficient in the
scheduling of home care visits with the current staffing
establishment.  The Totalmobile system has provided
the service with improved higher quality management
information which is being used to increase the
efficiency of the service provided.  
Cultural Grants Assurance  Reasonable • Although there is policy and guidance documentation in
place to support grant funds, there was a lack of
supporting evidence to confirm that some grant
conditions were met and that projects were being
adequately monitored.   
Energy Management Assurance  Reasonable • At the time of the audit, the Net Zero plan was at an early
stage, and it was recommended that an Energy
Management plan should be prepared as soon as
possible to ensure the required actions are delivered. In
addition, whilst checks are in place to investigate energy
consumption variances, we found that there is a lack of
evidence held to show that these have been undertaken
timeously. The invoices checking procedure in place
before payments were made was found to be
satisfactory.
Payroll Overpayment
Processes
Assurance  Reasonable • Improvements in processes and increased awareness
over recent years has resulted in the value of
overpayments being significantly reduced. By far, the
Page 69 of 230

Page 76

Appendix 1
3
main reason for overpayments occurring is late
notification of changes by managers within the
employing service. The auditor has recommended that
clear and accessible guidance should be made
available to service management, along with regular
communications to ensure that newer managers are
aware of the deadlines and where they can access
relevant guidance.
Planning Processes Assurance  Reasonable • The audit identified that a satisfactory system is in place
for administering building warrants and planning
applications. However, the timescales for completing
both building warrants and planning applications are
regularly substantially longer than targets, which can
result in delays and potentially additional costs for
clients undertaking building projects.
Housing Assurance
Framework –
Compliance Checks
Assurance  Substantial • Based on a sample check of the evidence used to
demonstrate compliance, we would confirm that the
Council complies with the requirements of the Housing
Assurance Statement.
Roads, Labour and
Plant Contract
Assurance  Limited • Issues were identified in relation to the hire of operatives
without machinery, paying for hire when the equipment
had been returned and also paying an inflated price for
fuel.  Furthermore, concerns were identified in relation
to the lack of contract management.  
Performance
Management
Governance  Reasonable • Some issues were noted with some of the information
held on the recording system, Pentana. Some of the
information held requires to be updated and also any
improvement actions being undertaken requires to be
recorded on this system for each performance indicator
to strengthen the performance monitoring
arrangements in place.
Building Services
Stores 
Assurance  Limited • The sample testing undertaken indicates that the
manual processes in place are sufficient to meet
operational needs and were found to be accurate.
However, it is a concern that the Workhub system is
Page 70 of 230

Page 77

Appendix 1
4
currently not fit for purpose and development has only
recently recommenced.
Health and Safety Assurance  Limited • The current arrangements were found to require
improvements in several areas, particularly the absence
of a programme of health and safety audits, and the lack
overarching system to facilitate corporate oversight of
all health and safety risks identified within each of the
Services. Improvements are also required in relation to
performance monitoring, the availability of up to date
guidance and reporting arrangements. 
Hardship and
Discretionary Funds
Assurance  Reasonable • In the main the processes surrounding payments made
from the Scottish Welfare Fund (SWF) and the
Discretionary Housing Payment (DHP) funds were
found to be satisfactory.     Areas for improvement were
identified in relation to verification of awards and
ensuring that customers are advised of the reasons why
their application has been declined.  
External Vehicle Hire Assurance  Limited • The current processes being carried out in relation to
external vehicle hires require to be improved in several
areas, particularly in relation to procedures, the ordering
process, appropriate authorisation, and record keeping.
Asset Management
(Hybrid Working)
Assurance  Limited • The main area for improvement identified was that the
mechanism in place to record the physical location for
all ICT assets was not fit for purpose in its current format
as the asset information is not held centrally but is held
on a number of documents and inaccuracies were found
in the recorded data.  Although there is a disposals
process in place, there was also a lack of evidence in
some cases to support that this process had been
followed.  Furthermore, officers within the ICT team do
not proactively contact line managers for the return of
leavers equipment despite there being a process in
place to facilitate this.  In addition, there is no
requirement for users to sign for assets upon receipt.
Page 71 of 230

Page 78

Appendix 1
5
Commercial &
Industrial Rents
Assurance No Assurance • The audit highlighted significant areas for improvement 
in the system of internal control. Specifically, there are
a number of tasks that are not being completed or are
behind schedule, including physically inspecting leased
properties, following up arrears and sending void
properties for repair quickly so that they can be relet.
There is no systematic review of lease terms or rents
charged and most rents have not been changed for
several years. The auditor was unable to provide any
positive assurance over the objectives being reviewed
and recommendations have been made in the detailed
report to address these areas.
Supply Teachers Assurance Reasonable • The deployment and payment of supply teachers is
labour intensive and there is duplication of effort. These
processes are currently under review by management
in both Children’s Services and Finance and Resources
to establish if there are any opportunities to streamline
the process.  
Purchasing Processes Assurance Limited • The review focused on corporate purchase card
procedures. The main areas for improvement identified
relates to purchasing goods outwith the agreed
procurement routes and the authorisation of goods
ordered.  There was also a lack of evidence relating to
the authorisation of the increase of PCard spend limits. 
A number of other housekeeping issues were also
identified.
Corporate
Governance
Framework
Governance Substantial • Based a sample check of the evidence used to
demonstrate compliance, it was confirmed that the
Council complies with the requirements of the Local
Code of Corporate Governance.  In addition, it was
evident that the Local Code has been subject to review
and updating in line with developments in best practice
and any revised Council Policies. 
Page 72 of 230

Page 79

Appendix 1
6
Assurance Level 
Substantial Assurance • There is a sound system of internal control designed to achieve the objectives of the area being reviewed. 
• The control processes tested are being consistently applied. 
Reasonable Assurance • The internal control processes are generally satisfactory with some areas of weakness being identified that could
put some objectives of the area being reviewed at risk
• There is evidence that the level of non-compliance with some of the control processes may put some of the
objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
Limited Assurance • Weaknesses in the system of internal controls are such as to put the objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
• The level of non-compliance puts the objectives of the area being reviewed at risk. 
No Assurance • Control processes are generally weak with significant risk to the achievement of the objectives of the area being
reviewed. 
• Significant non-compliance with control processes leaves the processes/systems open to error or abuse. 
Page 73 of 230

Page 80

Page 74 of 230

Page 81

1 
___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Auditor
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Development Programme for Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
Members
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 The national guidance produced by the Chartered Institute of Public
Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) on the implementation of Audit
Committee Principles in Scottish Local Authorities recommends that
training on audit, risk and governance related matters is provided to
members of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board. 
1.2 Members agreed the training programme detailed at Appendix 1 at the
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board meeting on 18 March 2024. Having
further considered how best to effectively deliver this programme, it is
proposed that the topics on the programme are covered at Audit, Risk
and Scrutiny Board development sessions which are held outwith the
main meeting agendas. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Members are asked to approve that the agreed training and development
programme of briefings are delivered at member development sessions
with the dates for those sessions being agreed separately. 
__________________________________________________________________ 
Item 5
Page 75 of 230

Page 82

2 
Implications of the Report
1. Financial - None 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community Planning – 
Safer and Stronger – an effective audit committee is an important element of good
corporate governance. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7.  Equality & Human Rights - None 
8. Health & Safety – None
9. Procurement - None 
10. Risk - training for elected members on audit and risk-related matters reflects audit
committee principles 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Implications – None
13. Climate Risk - None 
__________________________________________________________________ 
Author:          Andrea McMahon andrea.mcmahon@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 76 of 230

Page 83

3 
Appendix 1 
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board – Training and Development Programme of Briefings 
Date Topic
May 2024 Governance arrangements and the value
of good governance 
August 2024 Financial management arrangements 
September 2024 Overview of financial reporting 
November 2024 Role of External Audit 
Page 77 of 230

Page 84

Page 78 of 230

Page 85

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Actions Monitoring Report - Dargavel Primary School 
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 Following the findings of an independent review into the circumstances
of the errors in planning and delivery of primary school provision in the
Dargavel area, a SMART action plan was developed detailing the
Council’s response with a commitment that updates on this plan would
be provided to Audit Risk & Scrutiny Board meetings going forward. 
1.2 At a meeting on 11th January 2024, the Accounts Commission was
presented with a statutory S.102 report, as circulated to Councillors on
5th January 2024, by the Controller of Audit on School Accommodation
for Dargavel. In the report, the Commission has set out its findings,
alongside several issues on which it requires further investigation.  In
response, the Council have developed an action plan based on the
recommendations. 
1.3  On 29th February 2024, elected members at Council considered a report
on the outcome of the review of corporate governance arrangements by
the Cross Party Working Group and agreed a number of actions set out
in that report. Council further agreed that those actions would be
incorporated into the independent review response monitoring
arrangements reported to this Board. 
Item 6
Page 79 of 230

Page 86

1.4 Appendix 1 provides an update on open actions related to the Bowles
independent review report, the Accounts Commission S.102 report, and
the actions related to the report of the Cross Party Working Group. 
Appendix 2 is a summary of all completed actions from each of these
three reviews. 
 
2. Recommendations
2.1 Note and consider the update provided in Appendix 1 in relation to the
Council’s response actions to the independent review and S.102 report. 
2.2 Note the completed actions provided in Appendix 2.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – whilst there will be significant capital and revenue
implications for the Council in resolving the Dargavel issue, there are no
financial implications for the Council as a result of this update report. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – the report outlines a leadership
development programme with a focus on key issues raised in the
independent review around governance, risk management, corporate
working and culture. 
3. Community/Council Planning – the report outlines ongoing action
being taken to develop an engagement and ongoing communication
process with affected communities.  
4. Legal – none 
5. Property/Assets – none 
6. Information Technology – n/a 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within
this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities
and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential
for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising
from the recommendations contained in the report as it is for noting only.  
If required following implementation, the actual impact of the
Page 80 of 230

Page 87

recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and
monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website.  
8. Health & Safety – n/a
9. Procurement – n/a
10. Risk – the report outlines the action being taken in relation to risk
management. 
11. Privacy Impact – n/a 
12. Cosla Policy Position – n/a
13. Climate Risk – n/a 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:           Alan Russell, Chief Executive 
Page 81 of 230

Page 88

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Bowles Report Recommendation 1 
Build a more robust model of primary school need for Dargavel ‐ the Council should continue to refine its pupil forecast model for Dargavel. 
 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Deliver robust projection modelling for Dargavel and PMHS which: ‐ 
 
 considers live information arising from NHS, pupil & ELC registrations, the pace of development to date, certainty over development size and likely 
pace of future build out rate, 
 
 utilises external data analytics and projection expertise to augment and enhance the Council’s in‐house forecasting approach to ensure modelling is 
robust, underpinned by external challenge and specialist input reflecting the complexity and significant portion of Dargavel that has yet to be 
developed out over a circa 10 year period, 
 
 provides modelling output which considers potential future upper scenarios reflecting the high yield factors reflected in the 2023/24 P1 intake to 
inform immediate decisions on scale of capacity to be delivered as well as planning for potential additional interventions at a future time,  
 
 delivers modelling output which provides a long‐term view beyond the anticipated completion timeline for Dargavel to ensure the long term impact of 
Dargavel is modelled and understood, 
 
 provides modelling output over the long term which indicates both the scale, timing and shape of an anticipated peak in demand that will accompany 
a development of this scale and nature. This will provide visibility of the anticipated short‐lived peak in demand and long term settled demand to 
ensure this is appropriately reflected in estate/capacity decisions and in particular to mitigate against delivery of excessive long term / permanent 
increase in capacity that would result in excess unused surplus capacity over the long term. 
 Provides modelling that can be tested and revised as necessary as new key data becomes available such as P1 and S1 registrations, actual scale and 
pace of the development and any new developments, which will continue to inform decisions on any future estate interventions if required. 
Page 82 of 230

Page 89

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Update Edge Analytics modelling for newly released 
national Census data and expand across the whole 
school estate and establish modelling dashboard to 
support ease of updating and rapid re‐assessment of 
revised projection that will be utilised on an ongoing 
basis over future years, both for Dargavel / PMHS but 
also as part of the strategic Learning Estate programme. 
 
 
January 
2023 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
The Edge Analytics modelling for newly released national 
census data was completed last year.  A modelling dashboard 
was also designed last year with further discussions to take 
place on how this is used to inform the wider learning estate.  
Edge have been commissioned to expand the model to include 
the whole estate and we are expecting a data output in 6‐8 
weeks.  A schedule has been developed which outlines re‐
assessment and monitoring timescales.   
Bowles Report Recommendation 2 
Use of Bishopton Primary ‐ in its future plans the Council should reconsider how surplus capacity at Bishopton can be used effectively. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Consider and assess how existing capacity within Bishopton Primary School may be best utilised to support the Dargavel catchment over the immediate term 
and potentially over the longer term, taking into consideration the uncertainty and risk over the long‐term demand levels that will ultimately emerge for 
primary education from Dargavel as well as the expectation of a temporary peak period of demand.  
 
Provide a report to Education and Children’s Services Board setting out a clear overview as to how Bishopton PS capacity will be utilised to support temporarily 
over the short term period and how it may be considered amongst other options for use to support Dargavel in the longer term (noting that any such longer 
term use will be subject to detailed consideration and decision at an appropriate point in future years). 
 
 
 
 
ALL ACTIONS COMPLETE FOR RECOMMENDATION 2 
 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 3 
As the Council progresses its plans to issue supplementary guidance on developer contributions for education it should seek to learn from other Councils in 
Scotland.  
Page 83 of 230

Page 90

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
A development the size of Dargavel is exceptional and would need its own modelling techniques. However, for smaller developments the Council should create 
an evidence base to calculate specific yield factors derived from recent developments in Renfrewshire. Such robust data will ease future negotiations.
 
ALL ACTIONS COMPLETE FOR RECOMMENDATION 3 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 4 
Council needs to work co‐operatively with BAE. Unless the Council and BAE can work together to resolve the current problems, BAE may face accusations, 
whether founded or not and regardless of Council incompetence, that it has increased its profits at the expense of Council taxpayers. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Secure legal ownership of suitable land to facilitate delivery of a second school within Dargavel Village as well as additional land next to existing school site to 
provide increased flexibility to meet potential future extension of the school and or establishment of greater outdoor space. 
 
Secure legal commitment from BAE to provide land remediation and associated infrastructure requirements as part of legal agreement at nil cost to the 
Council. 
 
Secure as part of the legal agreement certainty on consented planning numbers and any associated adjustments to s.75 agreement to reflect revised 
agreement. 
 
 
 
ALL ACTIONS COMPLETE FOR RECOMMENDATION 4 
 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 5 
Corporate working and organisational culture ‐ although I understand that the Council has sought to improve and strengthen corporate working in recent 
years, the evidence would suggest there is a long way to go; simply establishing corporate working groups is insufficient if staff are in a mindset of ‘not my 
problem’. 
Page 84 of 230

Page 91

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
The failure of management oversight, if symptomatic of the Council as a whole, would be deeply disturbing. The Council needs to consider a significant change 
programme, not just on the of issue of corporate working and personal responsibility, but also its organisational culture and values. It needs plans to build a 
stronger organisation where constructive challenge is welcomed and there is a clarity of what is expected of all of those in a leadership role. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Provide assurance that established programme governance framework and operations of governance for other major capital investment programmes and 
specifically that the Bowles findings on the historic failings on the handling of Dargavel by officers are not representative of the Council’s current culture and 
approach to the management and delivery of major programmes. 
 
The Council is committed to living its values as a learning and collaborative organisation and post COVID was already in the process of re‐establishing an 
Leadership Development programme for senior leadership teams and managers across the Council in recognition that this required to be reinvigorated post 
COVID and that there has been significant turnover in management and senior positions over the past three years and this would support growing and 
maturing the current culture and collaborative connections across the organisation.  
 
In response to the Bowles recommendations, the objective is to ensure the new Leadership Development programme is appropriately cognisant and reflective 
of the key learning points from the Bowles report and takes the opportunity to ensure its coverage seeks to re‐enforce the development of skills related to 
governance, risk management, commercial risk, corporate working and culture etc and effectively utilises failures referenced in the Bowles report as key 
examples for learning throughout the programme. Collective reflection and learning of such significant failures – albeit historical – is recognised as an 
important element of building an effective future culture and ways of working across the organisation. 
 
 
ALL ACTIONS COMPLETE FOR RECOMMENDATION 5 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 6 
Risk management 
 
Page 85 of 230

Page 92

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
From documents I have seen the Council was unaware of the scale of risk it was taking in the calculation of pupil numbers.  The identified risk in Council 
documents related to providing the school on time, not that the size of the school may prove to be inadequate.  The failure to identify that risk has had two 
consequences; first the Council has been slow to react to the increase in pupil numbers and second the Council did not negotiate with BAE with that risk in mind.  
 
The Council needs to review how it both identifies risk and manages it. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Progress actions to provide reassurance in relation to the Council’s current risk management approach, in particular how this is approached, deployed and 
managed as part of major projects as well as considering and assessing the seniority / appropriateness of officer involvement and related skills across officers 
involved in the process.  
 
ALL ACTIONS COMPLETE FOR RECOMMENDATION 6 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 7 
Whilst protecting the integrity of the planning process, the Council needs to ensure the appropriate involvement of members in such developments. 
 
Additional Council Motion 
Council agrees that in light of the Independent External Review of Dargavel that there is a requirement to convene a cross party body to discuss and review 
existing governance arrangements of Renfrewshire Council. 
 
 
 
 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Assess the extent to which major investment projects have provided sufficient engagement with elected members through both formal governance routes as 
well as through briefing sessions, engagement sessions, group presentations, site tours etc. Identify any adjustments or improvements required moving 
forward. 
Page 86 of 230

Page 93

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
Provide officer support to a cross party group to of elected members to agree the remit and progress a discussion and review of the Council’s formal 
governance arrangements in line with the motion approved. 
 
Carry out an assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published good practice guide for audit committees. 
 
Carry out an assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny 
Board against CIPFA’s published good practice guide for 
audit committees and identify any recommendations for 
change in remit or operational arrangements. 
 
December 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
The self assessment is complete with recommendations for 
improved clarity of roles and remits agreed by the ARSB, with a 
further report to Council in May 2023 seeking agreement of 
these recommendations. 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 8 
Public confidence 
 
These recent events and the matters described in this report will dent public confidence in the Council.  The Council should work in an open and transparent 
manner in the resolution of these issues and particularly with the residents of Dargavel, who have legitimate concerns about the implications for their children 
during both their primary and secondary education. 
 
 
Response Objectives 
 
The key aim has been to provide straightforward messaging and up to date sitreps to ensure publics (and council representatives) have the most up‐to‐date 
position and the complexity of the issue is explained in a simple and honest way and that parental/carer concerns in respect to the school and educational 
environment are able to be appropriately discussed through structured engagement arrangements with the parent councils with appropriate agreed actions 
taken forward. 
 
The strategy has been designed to:  
 
‐ Improve the flow and regularity of information to parents and carers and the wider Dargavel community, so they are first to hear about decisions 
impacting their community. 
Page 87 of 230

Page 94

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
‐ Ensure parents and carers have access to all projection data available to the council.  
 
‐ Introduce direct communication channels with Dargavel residents, enabling all sections of the community to engage on matters that are important to 
them and making sure the latest information is accessible and easy to find.  
 
‐ Provide residents with a feedback loop to enable them to ask questions of the council in relation to the development and have questions answered 
quickly.  
 
‐ Include the community in formal planning and design of a new primary school and high school extension.  
 
It is recognised that effective communication and engagement is important to building a new relationship between the Council and the Dargavel community, 
but ultimately it will take the delivery of the solution and investment in long term engagement to reduce local anxiety and fully rebuild trust and confidence in 
the Council. 
 
 
 
Establish and track key indicators of community 
sentiment. 
 
 
 
 
Ongoing  Head of 
Marketing and 
Comms 
Ongoing  Over 800 people submitted formal responses 
to the Statutory Consultation on a proposed 
new primary school for Dargavel and over 150 
individuals attended events that were part of 
the consultation programme. Exit surveys were 
provided at all events included in the 
programme to understand if engagement was 
helpful. General feedback indicates the 
flexibility of events was helpful and being able 
to ask questions of officers was useful, but 
community concerns about ensuring the right 
solutions are delivered remain. This will take 
time to significantly change.  
Page 88 of 230

Page 95

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
We continue to provide regular updates to the 
community through a variety of channels – 
including face‐to‐face forums, monitoring 
reach, engagement and feedback. We continue 
to grow membership of our opt‐in community 
newsletter.  
From qualitative analysis of the statutory 
consultation, parts of the community continue 
to express frustration at the council’s previous 
error and carry concern about current planning 
and projections. This will require ongoing and 
steadfast commitment to information sharing 
and using established community forums for 
ongoing engagement.   
Develop, deploy (at appropriate key points post formal 
consultation period) and evaluate a community pulse 
survey to assess and track community sentiment and 
view of ongoing handling and satisfaction with delivery 
of key interventions within the community. 
 
Expected 
September 
2024 
Head of 
Marketing and 
comms 
In 
development  
The Consultation Institute is supporting the 
service to carry out a thorough assessment of 
the effectiveness of the council’s engagement 
strategy with the Dargavel community 
(Bishopton and wider Park Mains High School 
community) so far. This includes: 
Development of a process based on tCI’s 
Certificate of Consultation Readiness to assess 
the current Dargavel process and produce a 
report making recommendations on what to 
do in future consultations based on that 
process – this involve desk research and is 
underway.  
Following this, in May, we will launch an 
community pulse survey, to understand if our 
engagement approach is helping to improve 
public trust and a more positive relationship 
Page 89 of 230

Page 96

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
between the council and the Dargavel 
community. 
This timeline was confirmed to first allow the 
Statutory Consultation on a proposed new 
primary school for Dargavel to conclude and be 
reported.  
The results of the analysis and opinion survey, 
with recommendations for our future strategy 
will be reported to Audit and Scrutiny Board in 
September. Our agreed plan has been shared 
with the council’s auditors to inform their 
update report to the Accounts Commission in 
June. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page 90 of 230

Page 97

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
ACCOUNTS COMMISSION SECTION 102 REPORT – FINDINGS & COUNCIL RESPONSE/UPDATE
 
Community and Other Engagement 
 
The  council  must,  as  a  matter  of  urgency,  conduct  a 
robust and transparent assessment of the effectiveness of 
its  community  engagement  and  then  move  swiftly  to 
implement any improvements needed.  
 
February 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Head of 
Communications 
and Marketing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Please see above  
 
The Consultation Institute is supporting the service to carry out 
a thorough assessment of the effectiveness of the council’s 
engagement strategy with the Dargavel community (Bishopton 
and  wider  Park  Mains  High  School  community)  so  far.  This 
includes: 
Development  of  a  process  based  on  tCI’s  Certificate  of 
Consultation Readiness to assess the current Dargavel process 
and produce a report making recommendations on what to do 
in future consultations based on that process – this involve desk 
research and is underway.  
Following  this,  in  May,  we  will  launch  an  community  pulse 
survey, to understand if our engagement approach is helping to 
improve public trust and a more positive relationship between 
the council and the Dargavel community. 
This  timeline  was  confirmed  to  first  allow  the  Statutory 
Consultation on a proposed new primary school for Dargavel to 
conclude and be reported.  
The  results  of  the  analysis  and  opinion  survey,  with 
recommendations for our future strategy will be reported to 
Audit and Scrutiny Board in September. Our agreed plan has 
been shared with the council’s auditors to inform their update 
report to the Accounts Commission in June. 
Page 91 of 230

Page 98

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Commission is particularly concerned by the council’s 
failure both to transparently consider alternative options 
in relation to expanding secondary school capacity in the 
area, and to consult or engage appropriately with the 
community, whom their decision directly affects. 
 
This 
engagement 
activity will 
remain 
ongoing as 
part of the 
PMHS 
extension 
project 
through to 
August 2027 
and beyond 
recognising 
the long‐term 
monitoring  
of school roll 
projections at 
the high 
school. 
 
August 2024 
 
 
 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is accepted that the report to the Education and Children’s 
Services Policy Board in May 2023 could have articulated the 
reasons  why  no  other  options  to  address  secondary  school 
capacity beyond an extension to Park Mains High School were 
deemed viable for detailed consideration. 
 
Additionally,  although  engagement  in  relation  to  updated 
school projections and developing plans for a larger extension 
to PMHS were shared and discussed with the PMHS parent 
council  prior  to  the  May  report,  plans  to  expand  this 
engagement process to a wider group to encapsulate all feeder 
primaries  following  the  board  meeting  could  have  been 
outlined in the report and or considered earlier in the process.   
 
Council officers have since May 2023 been progressing positive 
and ongoing community engagement in relation to the Park 
Mains extension, principally through  the Park Mains Liaison 
Group which was established to provide a single engagement 
forum with representatives from the Parent Councils of Park 
Mains High School and all associated feeder primaries.  
 
This engagement process has shared and explained detailed 
pupil projection data, the underlying rationale for the proposed 
extension  decision  as  well  as  listening  and  responding  to 
Page 92 of 230

Page 99

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
concerns and or requests for further information from the wider 
parent and carer community. This included sharing detailed 
information  on  an  option  promoted  by  some  community 
representative  from  Dargavel  and  Bishopton  for  a  new 
secondary school for Dargavel, Bishopton and Langbank.  As 
reported through the Education and Children’s Services Policy 
Board in August 2023, such an option had significant negative 
implications from a financial, educational, value for money and 
school estate perspective that discounted it as a credible option 
for detailed consideration.  
 
The Park Mains Liaison Group is proving to be a highly valuable 
engagement forum, providing a single route of engagement 
across the wider community as well as a key route to assist the 
Council  to  disseminate  consistent  key  messages  and 
information  updates  across  communities  through  trusted 
Parent  Council  communication  channels.  This  engagement 
approach  will  inform  how  non  statutory  and  informal 
engagement in relation to potential school estate changes and 
long‐term strategic learning estate work may be taken forward 
in the future by the Council. 
 
Additionally,  high  levels  of  positive  engagement  are  being 
secured  as  part  of  the  space  planning  process  for  the  new 
extension, supporting active parental and carer participation 
and influence in the design process of the new extension and 
wider changes to the school that are planned to be delivered. 
This is increasingly building a positive community commitment 
and level of direct participation in the delivery of the school 
extension and improvement project. 
 
Page 93 of 230

Page 100

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
The review of the Council’s engagement strategy as referred to 
above will include a qualitative assessment of the effectiveness 
of the Park Mains Liaison Group. 
 
Lastly, work is being progressed by officers to research how 
other  councils  have  approached  school  extension  projects, 
where a statutory consultation process is not required. The 
objective of this work is to inform the design of a framework to 
inform any future approach to early informal engagement that 
can  be  adopted  by  the  Council  in  relation  to  school  estate 
considerations or changes.  
 
Desk top work completed to date has identified a mixed picture 
with several councils having adopted a similar approach to that 
employed by the Council for the PMHS extension. However, 
there  are  some  examples  of  the  use  of  published  options 
appraisals as part of Council reports and identified examples of 
planned informal engagement strategies deployed as part of 
long‐term strategic school estate planning which provide some 
good practice approaches for reference. 
 
These individual elements of good practice that are evident 
across other councils can be collectively brought together and 
used  to  inform  and  guide  the  development  of  a  proposed 
framework for use by the Council in its future strategic school 
estate planning programme (where appropriate this will pay 
due regard to the Scottish Government guidance on informal 
engagement that may occur prior to a statutory consultation 
process). 
 
In completing this work consideration will be given to sharing 
the output across the local authority sector given what appears 
Page 94 of 230

Page 101

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
to be a level of mixed and inconsistent approaches deployed 
across the country. 
 
We note that the new primary school is subject to a full 
public consultation.  
 
We expect the council to engage meaningfully with the 
community  on  this  issue,  and  other  decisions  on  the 
school estate.  
 
Again, we ask that the Controller monitors this situation, 
and reports to us in June 2024 on progress and earlier if 
necessary. 
 
Consultation 
process has 
commenced 
and will fully 
complete with 
a report to 
the Education 
and Children’s 
Services Policy 
Board in May 
2024 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
The Education and Children’s Services Policy board approved 
the planned consultation programme in January with a report 
on the outcome of the consultation planned to be brought back 
to Policy Board in May. 
 
A  full  programme  of  planned  consultation  and  engagement 
activity has been developed with input from the Institute of 
Consultation  to  bring  to  the  design  process  experience  of 
recognised best practice deployed across the UK.  
 
Full details of the planned consultation process and activity will 
be provided to the external auditors as well as the opportunity 
to observe any of the planned information events and or formal 
consultation meetings. 
 
The  consultation  has  now  been  completed  with  817 
respondents  to  the  online  questionnaire  and  a  further  150 
attending the events which were held: 
 
6 informal drop in sessions 
4 Information exchanges 
2 public meetings  
Meetings with Parent Councils of both primary schools 
Meetings with staff and children from both primary schools. 
 
Education  Scotland  also  engaged  with  the  community  and 
produced their report of their findings. 
 
A final consultation report will be finalised and presented to the 
Policy Board, as scheduled in May. 
Page 95 of 230

Page 102

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
Learning Lessons and Building Capacity 
While the council’s initial response to the Bowles report 
was high level, we are assured by the Controller that its 
action plan in response is now sufficiently detailed and 
includes SMART objectives 
 
It will be important that this action plan is well‐managed 
by  senior  officers  and  closely  scrutinised  by  elected 
members of the council. 
 
 
Complete  Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
This action plan and subsequent action plan relating to the s102 
report are closely monitored and reported to each cycle of the 
ARSB. 
 
 
However, there are still significant uncertainties relating 
to 
 
 the capacity needed in the long term, and  
 
 to the completion of the two building projects – 
the new primary school and the secondary school 
extension.  
 
We  therefore  request  that  these  matters  are  closely 
monitored in the annual audit work, and the Controller 
uses her powers to report any slippage or other issues to 
us if necessary. 
 
March 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managing the Risk of Future Capacity Uncertainty 
 
The inherent uncertainty in relation to long term (15 year) pupil 
growth projections has been widely reported by the Council 
over the past year as an ongoing risk through both formal board 
reports,  as  well  as  engagement  and  communications  with 
communities and in sharing data and reports with the external 
auditors. This is particularly recognised by the Council in the 
context of Dargavel Village having approximately 10 years of 
development still to deliver before achieving completion. It has 
also been trailed that the Council’s projection work to date with 
Edge  Analytics  has  identified  an  expectation  of  a  peak  in 
demand to be reached which will then fall to a stabilised long‐
term level of demand – a similar pattern of demand growth has 
been  evidenced  across  other  similar  long  term  community 
growth areas in the UK. 
 
 
The Council will regularly monitor actual pupil numbers and 
update long term projections on a regular basis over coming 
years as a key response to being able to pro‐actively manage 
this risk moving forward.  
 
Page 96 of 230

Page 103

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
This monitoring process will be key to assess the extent to which 
actual  demand  and  revised  projections  is  or  is  not  tracking 
against the current projections that have informed the planned 
capacity levels that will be delivered by the current learning 
estate interventions and provide early indication of any risk of 
material  deviation.  The  planned  annual  monitoring  and 
updating approach that will be deployed over coming years will 
be shared with the External Auditors. 
 
Long  term  projection  work  completed  to  date  has  already 
modelled a range of potential demand scenarios for the primary 
sector and identified an expected peak of demand in 2033/34. 
Options that can be considered for deployment in future years 
to manage upper demand scenarios that would be exceed the 
planned capacity being delivered for primary sector education 
within  Dargavel  village,  have  already  been  identified  and 
reported through the Education and Children’s Services Policy 
Board  in  November  and  shared  with  community 
representatives.  
 
Should the monitoring arrangements over the coming years 
highlight projection of sustained demand trending towards the 
upper demand scenarios, an appraisal will be required to assess 
which of the options is most appropriate for consideration to be 
deployed to meet the scale and nature of the additional future 
demand. This process will include early community engagement 
with school communities and will require timely assessment 
and associated decision making to allow planned delivery of any 
additional intervention well ahead of the developing need. 
 
In  relation  to  the  secondary  sector,  the  impact  of  higher 
demand scenarios will take longer to emerge (mid to late 2030s) 
and similarly it has been well trailed in Council reports and with 
Page 97 of 230

Page 104

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
the  community  that  long  term  monitoring  and  projection 
modelling  may  identify  the  need  to  consider  options  at  an 
appropriate  future  point  in  time  in  respect  to  any  further 
intervention and or decisions in relation to secondary sector 
provision across West Renfrewshire.   
 
Similarly, the long‐term monitoring arrangements will facilitate 
early  identification  of  such  risks  and  will  support  early 
engagement  with  the  appropriate  primary  and  secondary 
schools  that  may  be  impacted  by  any  future  school  estate 
changes.  
 
 
 
Delivery of New School Facilities 
 
It has been recognised by the Council that as a result of the very 
late identification of the significant under‐capacity problems 
within  both  the  primary  and  secondary  sectors  serving 
Dargavel, the Council has since late 2023 been operating within 
a highly compressed non‐typical timeline to undertake all the 
associated  capacity  planning,  land  assembly,  community 
engagement,  statutory  consultation,  space  planning, 
procurement arrangements before moving into project delivery 
in order to achieve operational delivery of the new facilities by 
August 2027.  
 
In broad terms, the Council is seeking to achieve all that is 
associated with the long‐term strategic planning, engagement, 
consultation and operational delivery of a new school and major 
extension of a secondary school in a 4 ½ year period, when such 
an end‐to‐end process would normally run over a much longer 
period – a timeline of around 6‐8 year would not be an untypical 
Page 98 of 230

Page 105

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
period  of  timeframe.  Consequently,  the  Council  is  parallel 
running several activities that would in most circumstances be 
delivered in a broadly consecutive manner.  
 
The  Council  has  established  governance,  programming,  and 
resource arrangements in place to support the delivery of the 
new primary school and secondary school extension over the 
remaining 3 ½ year period through to the operational target 
date of August 2007.  
 
To date the external auditors have not undertaken any detailed 
scrutiny of the  delivery  programme  or the arrangements in 
place. To provide assurance officers will provide a full overview 
of the current arrangements for the external auditors for their 
review and will support whatever audit work is required to allow 
them to assess the Council’s current approach. 
 
 
 
Impact on Service Provision 
 
We note that the council has assessed that currently there 
has been no detriment to either teaching delivery or pupil 
education in the Dargavel and Bishopton areas from the 
interim measures introduced.  
 
 
 
We consider it critical that the council reports the results 
of  these  assessments  publicly,  regularly  and  in  an 
accessible  way,  to  maintain  and  rebuild  community 
confidence. 
 
Ongoing as 
part of the 
Service’s 
Quality 
Assurance 
Framework 
 
Ongoing and 
will be 
incorporated 
into parent 
and school 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
 
 
 
Head of 
Marketing and 
Communications 
Renfrewshire Council has a robust Quality Assurance framework 
involving regular meetings with Education Managers and school 
staff and planned school visits which focus in on the national 
quality assurance indicators (reviews).  
DPS had a visit in January as part of this process where key 
strengths under the national Quality Assurance indicators from 
How Good is Our School were evaluated, self‐improvement and 
self‐evaluation and Learning, Teaching and Assessment and a 
report was produced. In addition, Bishopton primary School and 
Park Mains High School were both recently inspected by HMI, 
receiving very positive reports. 
Page 99 of 230

Page 106

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
newsletters at 
appropriate 
points.  
 
 
Further, every school submits a school improvement plan and a 
school improvement report (published on website) and their 
evaluations under the 4 key Quality Indicators (QIs) of their 
performance, based on data gathered through self‐evaluation, 
HMI visits, internal visits and stakeholder input is submitted to 
Children’s Services in April.  
These  are  shared  with  the  parent  councils  and  will  also  be 
published on the school website as part of the self‐evaluation 
process. This is in line with Education Scotland guidelines, the 
National Improvement Framework and statutory requirements.  
This communication with parents will be an ongoing process. 
 
The Commission is also concerned at the possible wider 
impacts of the council’s failings regarding the estimation 
of pupil numbers and whether this has had any impact on 
services provided by the council in the Dargavel area.  
 
We request that the Controller seeks further information 
on these issues so that we can understand the work that 
the council has done to understand these impacts. 
 
In line with 
requests 
emerging 
from defined 
audit 
programme to 
be set by 
Azets 
Chief Executive  Full details of all the additional areas of potential service 
impact considered by the Council have been shared and 
discussed in detail with the External Auditor to support the 
Controller of Audit’s follow‐up report to the Accounts 
Commission in June. 
 
Support to Schools 
Early Learning & Childcare Provision 
Children’s social Care support 
NHS Service Provision & facilities 
Community Leisure & Recreation within wider Masterplan 
Transport & Active Travel Infrastructure Provision 
Public Bus Transport Provision 
 
 
Financial Management and Consequences 
 
Page 100 of 230

Page 107

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
The financial impact of these failings on the council is 
significant. The council capped the risk and contributions 
from BAE Systems under the Section 75 agreement, and 
as a direct result faces estimated net additional capital 
costs of £60 million, to be met by borrowing. This is a 
substantial sum of public money. The council needs to 
clarify the opportunity costs of this in terms of its overall 
capital programme. The council projects that it will have 
a revenue budget deficit of up to £50 million by 2026/27 
and will need to make difficult decisions on prioritising its 
spending, compounded by the financial consequences of 
this issue 
 
The council has recently negotiated a transfer of land 
from BAE for the construction of a new primary school. 
The Controller’s report indicates that this was in exchange 
for amendments to the extent and composition of the 
housing units for which planning permission has been 
granted.  
 
Given the reported determination of BAE to fully protect 
their commercial interests in the development, and the 
absence of alternative solutions for the council, it will be 
important to ensure and demonstrate that this exchange 
represents Best Value for the public purse. 
 
Ongoing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 2024 
 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Head of 
Economy and 
Development 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Council will be required to manage the financial impact of 
the  unplanned delivery  of a new  primary school and larger 
extension at PMHS through the delivery of its wider financial 
strategy  and  any  opportunity  costs  articulated  as  part  of 
developing and delivering that strategy. Regular reports with 
regards  the  Council’s  financial  position  and  outlook  are 
provided to Council, which include the financial consequences 
of the Dargavel failings. 
 
 
 
 
 
The financial and wider factors considered by officers as part 
of the negotiation process with BAE systems to secure the 
associated land agreement and adjustments to the S.75 
agreement will be set out in detail and shared with the 
External Auditors and will be reported through updates to the 
Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board and subsequently. Council now 
provided this to External Auditors 
 
 
 
Council Leadership, Governance, and Culture 
 
 
The  council’s  action  plan  will  be  hugely  important  in 
further  embedding  improvements  in  this  area.  In 
particular, the following elements must be progressed 
urgently and transparently:  
February 2024 
and ongoing 
in relation to 
the outcomes 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
This report and combined action plan provides the Audit, Risk & 
Scrutiny  Board  with  an  overarching  view  of  all  progress 
associated with the Dargavel issue, subsequent investigations, 
reviews and agreed actions. 
Page 101 of 230

Page 108

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
• the council’s review of its scrutiny arrangements against 
CIPFA good practice guidelines  
 
• the council’s review of its approach to risk management  
 
• the council’s leadership development programme for 
officers. 
 
To be satisfied of progress in these areas, the Commission 
requires  the  Controller  to  request  further  information 
from the council on the scope and timing of these actions, 
and  report  back  to  the  Commission  in  the  update 
requested for June 2024, or earlier if she thinks necessary.  
 
We also expect these issues to be covered in the 
accelerated Best Value report. 
associated 
with each 
action. 
 
 
The Commission is also concerned about the culture of 
the council and whether it has truly learned the lessons it 
needs to.  
 
We expect organisational culture to be an area of focus in 
the accelerated Best Value report.  
 
In particular, we request an update on whether the  
 
 culture of the organisation is appropriately open 
and transparent, 
 
 encourages continuous improvement,  
 
Subject to 
confirmation 
of the planned 
best value 
audit 
programme 
and approach 
 
Chief Executive 
  The  council’s  auditors  concluded  that  the  council  has 
appropriate  governance  arrangements  in  place  with 
improvements  over  the  years  in  member  and  officer 
relationships and effective leadership overall and were satisfied 
through  their  detailed  audit  work  that  the  Council  had 
demonstrated that the governance failings identified by the 
Bowles report were limited to the historic handling of Dargavel.  
 
The auditors did not highlight any concerns over the wider 
organisational  culture  in  the  Council  or  in  its  approach  to 
managing major capital programmes but did identify that the 
role of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board in ensuring effective 
scrutiny is not sufficiently clear and the Council has recognised 
this and is already significantly progressed with a review of the 
Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board and the outcome of this review 
will be shared with the local audit team. 
Page 102 of 230

Page 109

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 effective  joint  working  between  officers  and 
members,  effective  scrutiny  and  challenge 
(especially by elected members), and  
 
 engagement and discussion with stakeholders.  
 
In addition, we request an assessment of  
 
 whether it has the right skills in the right places to 
deliver on its responsibilities, and 
 
 whether issues are escalated to the right level. 
 
 
 
 
 
Despite the finding of the Council’s auditors, the Commission 
has expressed concern in relation to the Council’s culture and 
have sought further assurances in relation to a wide range of 
organisational issues.  
 
It has been confirmed that consideration and assessment of 
such  issues  will  form  part  of  the  planned  Best  Value  Audit 
process and subject to confirmation of the planned detailed 
best value audit programme. 
 
 
 
Council  officers  will  provide  all  the  necessary  support, 
assistance,  and  information  to  allow  the  audit  team  to 
appropriately assess all key areas of interest and are actively 
progressing an internal self‐assessment and evidence process to 
support this element of the audit engagement in due course 
over the anticipated 2024 audit programme. 
 
 
Finally,  the  Commission  notes  that  the  auditor  has 
concluded  that  the  council  has  obtained  appropriate 
external legal advice and determined there is no potential 
for any form of action against former senior employees 
involved in the Dargavel School decision‐making.  
 
In addition, no disciplinary action has been taken against 
any senior officer involved in decision‐making relevant to 
the Section 75 approval process for the Dargavel Village 
development.  
 
The  Commission  accepts  that  these  are  management 
issues. 
 
 
March 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Head of 
Corporate 
Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No senior officers involved in the Dargavel S.75 decision making 
process and identified in the Bowles Report remain employed 
by the Council or remained employed at the time of the Bowles 
report publication. In this context no senior officer could be 
subject to any form of internal Council disciplinary investigation 
or action. 
 
Full details of the process of consideration and legal advice that 
was sought regard to any other form of external legal action will 
be shared with the local external audit team as requested by the 
Commission. 
 
 
 
Page 103 of 230

Page 110

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
However, we request that the Controller asks the council 
for further information on the process followed and  
factors taken into account by the council in considering 
disciplinary action against staff involved.  
 
In addition, and looking forward, the Commission asks for 
information on  
 
 the  council’s  approach  to  performance 
management and  
 
 its current policy on disciplinary action,  
 
so we can be assured that appropriate arrangements are 
in place to ensure that staff have the necessary skills and 
that  senior  officers  are  properly  accountable  for  their 
areas of responsibility. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Head of Policy 
and 
Partnerships 
and Head of HR 
& OD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A full package of information in relation to current HR policies 
and procedures as been provided to Azets. 
 
 
 
Page 104 of 230

Page 111

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
 
CROSS PARTY WORKING GROUP ACTIONS
 
Refresher training for management teams across all of the 
Council’s  directorates  on  the  operation  of  delegated 
authority should be implemented. 
Refresher training for management teams across all of the 
Council’s directorates on the operation of the Protocol for 
Relationships between Political Groups, Elected Members 
and Officers should be implemented. 
 
April 2024  Head of 
Corporate 
Governance and 
Chief Auditor 
Training was delivered to all directorates by the Head of 
Corporate Governance and the Council’s Chief Auditor in 
January 2024 to Chief Officers and tier 3 managers. A further 
“catch up” session was held on 23 April 2024. 
That  the  Bulletin  be  issued  with  the  minutes  of  each 
Council  and  board  meeting  for  the  meetings  of  Full 
Council. 
 
May 2024  Head of 
Corporate 
Governance 
 
The Bulletin is now issued with the minutes pack at each Full 
Council Meeting commencing with the meeting of 9 May 2024. 
All  major  projects  and  programmes  will  report  to  the 
appropriate board at least twice a year. 
 
Any such reports will include a note of all project groups 
involved. 
 
May 2024  Chief Executive  Update reports on City Deal Projects and cultural 
Infrastructure programmes have gone to boards in December 
and February respectively as part of twice yearly reporting 
cycles. Housing investment programme update provided as 
part of update report at each cycle with an additional full 
update provided in august of each year. 
 
The outcome of the management training programme 
will be reported to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
 
December 
2024 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources and 
Head of HR & 
OD 
 
The  first  cohort  of  the  programme  has  concluded  the 
programme, with feedback from this first round being used to 
inform the delivery of the programme to the next cohorts of 
senior staff. Delivery of the programme will continue over the 
course of 2024. 
 
That  a  Chief  Planning  Officer  report  brought  to  the 
Planning and Climate Change Policy Board at least twice a 
May 2024  Head of 
Economy and 
Arrangements have been put in place by officers for this bi‐
annual reporting 
Page 105 of 230

Page 112

APPENDIX 1 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Open Items) – May 2024 
year  advising  on  the  position  in  respect  of  s75 
Agreements.  Planning  applications,  or  where  officers 
cannot not reach agreement on substantive matters in a 
specific s75 Agreement negotiation will also be brought 
back to the Board for further consideration 
 
Development 
Services 
 
Page 106 of 230

Page 113

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Bowles Report Recommendation 1
Build a more robust model of primary school need for Dargavel ‐ the Council should continue to refine its pupil forecast model for Dargavel. 
 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Deliver robust projection modelling for Dargavel and PMHS which: ‐ 
 
 considers live information arising from NHS, pupil & ELC registrations, the pace of development to date, certainty over development size and likely 
pace of future build out rate, 
 
 utilises external data analytics and projection expertise to augment and enhance the Council’s in‐house forecasting approach to ensure modelling is 
robust, underpinned by external challenge and specialist input reflecting the complexity and significant portion of Dargavel that has yet to be 
developed out over a circa 10 year period, 
 
 provides modelling output which considers potential future upper scenarios reflecting the high yield factors reflected in the 2023/24 P1 intake to 
inform immediate decisions on scale of capacity to be delivered as well as planning for potential additional interventions at a future time,  
 
 delivers modelling output which provides a long‐term view beyond the anticipated completion timeline for Dargavel to ensure the long term impact of 
Dargavel is modelled and understood, 
 
 provides modelling output over the long term which indicates both the scale, timing and shape of an anticipated peak in demand that will accompany 
a development of this scale and nature. This will provide visibility of the anticipated short‐lived peak in demand and long term settled demand to 
ensure this is appropriately reflected in estate/capacity decisions and in particular to mitigate against delivery of excessive long term / permanent 
increase in capacity that would result in excess unused surplus capacity over the long term. 
 Provides modelling that can be tested and revised as necessary as new key data becomes available such as P1 and S1 registrations, actual scale and pace of the
development and any new developments, which will continue to inform decisions on any future estate interventions if required. 
Page 107 of 230

Page 114

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Complete Council modelling through to the anticipated end 
date for the housing development (2033/34) based on 
assumed 4,300 units and available live data. 
 
 
October 
2022 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
Completed October 2022 
Engage and appoint Edge Analytics to deliver enhanced 
modelling approach for both Dargavel primary 
requirements as well as PMHS out to 2033/34 and updated 
live datasets. 
 
February  
2023 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
Completed February 2023 including additional upper forecast 
scenarios for Dargavel non‐denominational requirements to 
support management of risk associated with long term yield 
remaining at similar level to 2023/24. Informed reports to 
Education and Children’s Services Board in March and May 2023 
 
 
Extend Edge engagement to deliver an enhanced model 
projecting out to 2038 to provide longer term forecast to 
assess the full impact on the secondary sector and allow 
identification of likely timing and scale of peak demand 
encapsulating any relevant updates to live datasets. 
 
September 
2023 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
Modelling completed which has identified an anticipated peak 
period in both primary and secondary sectors and will be 
reported to Education and Children’s Services Board in November 
2023. 
 
Provide update to November Education & Children’s Service 
Policy Board. 
 
November 
2023 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
Two update reports were taken to the November ECSPB: 
1. Learning Estate 
2. Dargavel Housing Development – Impact on 
Denominational Education Provision 
Link 
 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 2 
Use of Bishopton Primary - in its future plans the Council should reconsider how surplus capacity at Bishopton can be used effectively.
 
Response Objectives 
 
Page 108 of 230

Page 115

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Consider and assess how existing capacity within Bishopton Primary School may be best utilised to support the Dargavel catchment over the immediate term 
and potentially over the longer term, taking into consideration the uncertainty and risk over the long‐term demand levels that will ultimately emerge for 
primary education from Dargavel as well as the expectation of a temporary peak period of demand.  
Provide a report to Education and Children’s Services Board setting out a clear overview as to how Bishopton PS capacity will be utilised to support temporarily 
over the short term period and how it may be considered amongst other options for use to support Dargavel in the longer term (noting that any such longer 
term use will be subject to detailed consideration and decision at an appropriate point in future years). 
 
 
Complete assessment of anticipated P1 intake from 
Dargavel catchment and assess against revised DPS capacity 
availability, establish planned P1 intake capacity cap and 
anticipated P1 intake requiring accommodation at 
Bishopton Primary School. 
 
August 
2023 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
Planned use of Bishopton Primary School along with planned 
capped entry levels to Dargavel Primary School reported an 
approved at Education and Children’s Services Policy Board in 
August 2023. There will be a requirement to annually monitor 
anticipated and actual P1 intakes carefully to assess adequacy of 
short term capacity provision across both Dargavel and 
Bishopton Primary Schools to meet demand pending the second 
primary school in Dargavel coming on stream. 
 
Complete an exercise to assess the timing, scale and range 
of potential demand level scenarios, in particular 
understanding the scale and timing of the peak demand and 
likely settled long term demand. This information will be 
used to inform the assessment of how Bishopton Primary 
School could, if required, be potentially be utilised as an 
option in the longer term. 
 
January 
2024 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
Completion of the updated work with Edge Analytics has 
provided a view of the likely timing and length of the peak 
demand period – with peak primary demand being forecast in 
2033/34 which will fall over the second half of the 2030s to a 
more settled level. Further work is being progressed to update 
this information for the recently released 2023 census 
information and November registration data to inform an overall 
assessment.  
 
Complete financial analysis to understand the potential 
financial context of utilising Bishopton Primary School 
Capacity  
May 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
Bishopton PS is a predominantly 1960s construction and is more 
than 60 years old. This building will, along with the whole school 
estate, undergo an updated condition survey over coming 
months. Notwithstanding, given the underlying age of the 
building it will inevitably have a limited remaining lifespan before 
being considered for replacement.  
Page 109 of 230

Page 116

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
Existing surplus capacity if used permanently to reduce the 
required size of a second Dargavel primary school, will require to 
be replaced as part of a renewal programme. The determination 
of the timing of that will be subject to work progressed as part of 
the strategic learning estate programme.  
 
Consequently, it has been assessed that any financial advantage 
from utilising Bishopton PS will be restricted to a temporary time 
value of money benefit and consequently will be relatively 
limited.  
 
 
In addition, there is also a risk that utilising Bishopton PS 
permanently removes its availability to provide supporting 
capacity to manage both a temporary peak that may arise from 
upper end educational demand scenarios and longer term upper 
end demand. There could be the risk that in such circumstances if 
Bishopton capacity was no longer available this would lead to 
higher overall costs over the longer term for the Council. 
 
 
The financial considerations and risks will be incorporated into 
the overall assessment scheduled to be reported as part of the 
Education & Children’s Services Board report in January. 
 
Set out overview in a report to the Education and Children’s 
Services Policy Board in respect to the potential long‐term 
utilisation of Bishopton Primary School which will be subject 
to detailed consideration at an appropriate point in future 
January 
2024 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
Work to allow appropriate recommendation to be made is 
progressing in line with plans and scheduled to be reported to 
Board in January 2024.  A paper was presented to Board in 
January 2024 
 
Page 110 of 230

Page 117

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
years as actual long term demand trends increasingly 
emerge. 
  
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 3 
As the Council progresses its plans to issue supplementary guidance on developer contributions for education it should seek to learn from other Councils in 
Scotland.  
 
A development the size of Dargavel is exceptional and would need its own modelling techniques. However, for smaller developments the Council should create 
an evidence base to calculate specific yield factors derived from recent developments in Renfrewshire. Such robust data will ease future negotiations.
Undertake a desk top review of other local authorities 
across Scotland and identify key best practice councils to 
engage. 
 
June 2023  Head of 
Economy and 
Development 
Completed 
Complete detailed engagement with identified best practice 
councils arising from desk top research 
Summer 
2023 
Head of 
Economy and 
Development 
Detailed engagement completed with Fife, Falkirk and West 
Lothian councils. 
Complete data analysis exercise of a range of datasets of 
mixed historic sites across Renfrewshire to provide 
empirical evidence to support actual pupil yields to inform 
establishment of appropriate yield factors to be used in 
future contribution policy. 
 Refresh % capacity of all schools (vs school rolls) 
 Sample research of Pupil Product Ratio (PPR) for developed housing 
sites (< 10 units) [min 10 site sample] 
 Sample research of PPR for developed housing sites (> 100 units)[min 
10 site sample] 
 Sample research of PPR for established / mature housing 
development to provide longer term perspective (eg. 15 years old) (> 
100 units)[min 4 site sample] 
 Identify individual schools where pupil capacity is above notional 
threshold (85%)  
October 
2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Head of 
Economy and 
Development 
Work on this is now complete, agreed new draft planning 
guidance presented to March 2024 PCC Board. 
Page 111 of 230

Page 118

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 Identify all known undeveloped housing sites in individual school 
catchments 
 [Subset of 5] identify all housing sites with current "live" planning 
application 
 Identify schools where it is anticipated intervention would be required 
to increase capacity based on potential future housing to be delivered 
over next 10 years to inform likely future developer discussions. 
Incorporate into the development of the draft contributions 
policy targeted to be presented to the Planning and Climate 
Change Policy Board in January 2024. 
 
March 2024  Head of 
Economy and 
Development 
Work on this is now complete, new draft planning guidance 
presented to March 2024 PCC Board. 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 4 
Council needs to work co‐operatively with BAE. Unless the Council and BAE can work together to resolve the current problems, BAE may face accusations, 
whether founded or not and regardless of Council incompetence, that it has increased its profits at the expense of Council taxpayers. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Secure legal ownership of suitable land to facilitate delivery of a second school within Dargavel Village as well as additional land next to existing school site to 
provide increased flexibility to meet potential future extension of the school and or establishment of greater outdoor space. 
 
Secure legal commitment from BAE to provide land remediation and associated infrastructure requirements as part of legal agreement at nil cost to the 
Council. 
 
Secure as part of the legal agreement certainty on consented planning numbers and any associated adjustments to s.75 agreement to reflect revised 
agreement. 
 
 
Secure with BAE agreement on Heads of Terms for allow for 
mutual governance approval from each organisation to 
inform detailed legal agreement drafting and final sign off  
As soon as 
possible 
Chief 
Executive 
This was completed and approved by ILE Board end of August 
2023 
Page 112 of 230

Page 119

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
was 
targeted.  
Secure completed and signed legal missives to deliver in full 
the objectives outlined above to provide certainty and 
timing of availability of remediated and infrastructure 
proofed land to support wider school delivery planning and 
consultation arrangements that will be progressed by the 
Council team.   
 
August 
2023 
Chief 
Executive 
Legal missives concluded mid‐September 2023 
Proposed revisions to S.75 negotiated with BAE Systems 
were approved by ILE. Revised S.75 signed off by both the 
Council and BAE Systems to legally conclude matters. 
 
August 
2023 
Head of 
Economy & 
Development  
 
Approved by Planning and Climate Change Board August 2023 
Bowles Report Recommendation 5 
Corporate working and organisational culture ‐ although I understand that the Council has sought to improve and strengthen corporate working in recent 
years, the evidence would suggest there is a long way to go; simply establishing corporate working groups is insufficient if staff are in a mindset of ‘not my 
problem’. 
 
The failure of management oversight, if symptomatic of the Council as a whole, would be deeply disturbing. The Council needs to consider a significant change 
programme, not just on the of issue of corporate working and personal responsibility, but also its organisational culture and values. It needs plans to build a 
stronger organisation where constructive challenge is welcomed and there is a clarity of what is expected of all of those in a leadership role. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Provide assurance that established programme governance framework and operations of governance for other major capital investment programmes and 
specifically that the Bowles findings on the historic failings on the handling of Dargavel by officers are not representative of the Council’s current culture and 
approach to the management and delivery of major programmes. 
 
 
 
Page 113 of 230

Page 120

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
The Council is committed to living its values as a learning and collaborative organisation and post COVID was already in the process of re‐establishing an 
Leadership Development programme for senior leadership teams and managers across the Council in recognition that this required to be reinvigorated post 
COVID and that there has been significant turnover in management and senior positions over the past three years and this would support growing and 
maturing the current culture and collaborative connections across the organisation.  
 
In response to the Bowles recommendations, the objective is to ensure the new Leadership Development programme is appropriately cognisant and reflective 
of the key learning points from the Bowles report and takes the opportunity to ensure its coverage seeks to re‐enforce the development of skills related to 
governance, risk management, commercial risk, corporate working and culture etc and effectively utilises failures referenced in the Bowles report as key 
examples for learning throughout the programme. Collective reflection and learning of such significant failures – albeit historical – is recognised as an 
important element of building an effective future culture and ways of working across the organisation. 
 
Undertake a health check assessment on major capital 
programmes to provide reassurance in respect to all aspects 
of governance, control, reporting and management of 
programmes. 
October 
2023 
Chief 
Executive 
supported by 
CMT 
 
City Deal and Infrastructure Health Check report was submitted 
to CMT on 21 November 2023. 
Put in place arrangements to deliver a comprehensive 
Leadership Development Programme (circa 12 months + 
programme) for chief officers and senior managers which 
amongst other things will cover and key areas referenced in 
the Bowles report in respect to governance, accountability, 
risk management, collaborative working, member officer 
relations etc. 
 
 
Commence 
programme 
by 
September 
2023 
Director of 
Finance & 
Resources 
and Head of 
HR & OD 
Contract engagement in place and resources secured from 
SOLACE Enterprises to support co‐designed and co‐delivered 
programme. 
 
 
Initial Chief Officer programme launch event occurred on 3rd 
October with focusing on personal resilience. 
 
The programme has delivered sessions focussed on:  
 Effective Communications and Elected Member Relations 
 Programme Management, Leading and Navigating 
Strategic Change 
 Risk Management and Governance 
 Transformational Leadership 
 Delivering Corporate/Team Values and Vision 
 
 
Page 114 of 230

Page 121

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
This first leadership development programme has now been 
concluded with an evaluation process underway.   Attendance 
was good throughout the programme and for any officers that 
were unable to attend parts of the programme, they will attend 
these specific modules during the next cohort grouping to ensure 
completion of the full programme. 
 
The next 2 Cohorts will be run from April to around September 
and with up to 60 places available for our next tier of 
management.  There will be some revisions to content and 
emphasis based on feedback from the initial sessions, however 
the key themes of the programme will remain unchanged. 
 
Design and undertake an evaluation process of the 
Leadership Development Programme for Chief Officer 
cohort to inform required changes / adjustments to 
programme delivery for next management cohort. 
 
 
March 2024  
 
  Head of HR 
and OD 
Initial feedback was requested as part of the final workshop of 
this first programme.  An evaluation request, designed in 
partnership with SOLACE, will be sent out to each of the 
participants asking if their knowledge has increased, if they feel 
more confident and informed and what changes, if any, would 
participants suggest for the next cohort.   The formal evaluation 
will be sent out w/c 20/02/24 and will have a 2‐week completion 
window.  There will a further evaluation on what changes have 
been made as a result of the programme will also be carried out 
6 months each cohort completion. 
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 6 
Risk management 
 
From documents I have seen the Council was unaware of the scale of risk it was taking in the calculation of pupil numbers.  The identified risk in Council 
documents related to providing the school on time, not that the size of the school may prove to be inadequate.  The failure to identify that risk has had two 
consequences; first the Council has been slow to react to the increase in pupil numbers and second the Council did not negotiate with BAE with that risk in mind.  
Page 115 of 230

Page 122

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
The Council needs to review how it both identifies risk and manages it. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Progress actions to provide reassurance in relation to the Council’s current risk management approach, in particular how this is approached, deployed and 
managed as part of major projects as well as considering and assessing the seniority / appropriateness of officer involvement and related skills across officers 
involved in the process.  
A review of risk profiles across all service departments to 
ensure visibility of all risks and confirmation of where 
certain risks are being monitored if outwith the standard 
Risk Reports to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board (i.e., 
Health and Safety Planning Groups, Service Improvement 
Plans etc) 
 
October 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
Risk report submitted to Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board as planned 
on 6 November 2023. 
A review of the ‘service risk representative’ roles in each 
service department to ensure the representatives who sit 
on the Corporate Risk Management Group are sufficiently 
involved in risk matters within the service, to feed this into 
the Corporate Risk Management Group and that they also 
have authority within the service to provide challenge as a 
‘critical friend.’ 
 
October 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
Action completed.  CMT agreed (10 October 2023), that each 
Director will nominate a Head of Service and one other colleague 
to support the Head of Service in the role going forward. 
Delivery of a project risk management workshop specific to 
the planned new primary school in Dargavel (complete) 
 
August 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
 
Workshop delivered covering nature of project risks, risk changes 
over lifecycle of the project; reminder of Council PM framework 
and PMU support; key issues re good governance. 
 
Delivery of project risk management training with all PMU 
colleagues (in a train the trainer format) so colleagues are 
delivering this as part of project kick‐offs to support a more 
risk focussed culture in the organisation. 
September 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
This was completed on 12/10/2023.  PMU staff received a ‘train 
the trainer’ session to enable them to cover running risk 
awareness sessions at project kick‐offs to support a more risk 
focussed culture in the organisation. 
Page 116 of 230

Page 123

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
 
Undertaking a ‘health check’ of project management 
arrangements across the council to ensure governance, 
management, reporting and risk management is 
appropriate to the scale of the project. 
 
November 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
Compliance review of all PMU supported projects complete.  All 
projects demonstrated a satisfactory level of risk governance and 
management. 
An update to the risk management course on iLearn and 
consideration of whether it should be a mandatory course. 
 
December 
2023  
 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
The course if now developed and ready to be launched to 
relevant staff on iLearn. 
In addition, face to face training of a new “Who’s risk is it 
anyway” half day course is also being delivered in February and 
May. 
 
Embed and deliver risk management training into the new 
leadership development programme that is currently under 
development, particularly in relation to commercial risk 
 
December 
2023 
 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
Session delivered 12 December 2023 
Reviewing governance documents to ensure delegations in 
relation to liability caps are clear and unambiguous. 
 
December 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
 
Consultation with Head of Corporate Governance concluded that 
governance documents do not require amendment, but rather, 
more training would be required on what was expected within 
existing delegations.  The training was delivered to CMT on 28 
November 2023. Governance refresher training sessions have 
been delivered to every department senior management team in 
January. 
Deliver a targeted risk management development day for 
Chief Officers:‐ 
 
 
 Project risk management (and risk simulation exercise)  
 
 Risk horizon scanning and sustainability (the Global Risk 
Report)  
 
December 
2023 
Director of 
Finance and 
Resources 
The training session has been prepared and was delivered to CMT 
on 28 November 2023. 
Page 117 of 230

Page 124

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 Liability caps and their implications 
 
It is recognised that Dargavel Village has a significant 
amount of housing development yet to be delivered (circa 
2000 housing units over a 10 year period) and therefore 
many of the associated risk that existed at the beginning of 
the development continue to exist today albeit there is live 
data to inform future projections from the first circa 2,300 
units that have been delivered. Manage ongoing education 
demand risk relating to Dargavel through: 
The Council therefore continues to face risk and uncertainty 
in relation to accurately projecting the scale and timing of 
future education demand which will continue to have 
inherent uncertainty and risk. In recognition of this the 
Council will continue to progress the following actions to 
manage and mitigate this risk:‐   
 
 
Securing robust long term demand projections which 
provide both a core projection, potential upper scenario 
and a long term view of the potential scale and timing of 
short term peak demand to inform decisions on capacity 
provision. 
 
Identify now a range of flexible options that are and will 
remain available to in future years to deliver, if required 
additional capacity (both temporary capacity and 
permanent long term capacity) to ensure the Council can be 
reassured  of being able to respond appropriately to the 
potential for  upper end demand scenarios and or 
temporary demand peaks to emerge.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 
2023 
 
 
 
 
January 
2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director of 
Children’s 
Services 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further updates will be completed in this respect for updated 
datasets available from November registration data and recently 
released NRS Census data 
 
 
 
Based on data and a range of scenarios, flexible additional 
capacity options have been outlined and shared with relevant 
boards.   
 
 
 
 
Page 118 of 230

Page 125

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
Establish process and arrangements to support and provide 
detailed monitoring and updates to projections for updates 
to actual data sets to facilitate a continual re‐assessment of 
longer term trend and likely requirements / decision point 
required in relation to deployment of potential additional 
interventions. 
 
 
 
 
 
January 
2024 
 
 
A schedule is in place with timelines for detailed monitoring and 
updates to projections and actual data.  This will ensure continual 
re‐assessment of long term trends and likely requirements / 
decision points required.   
 
Bowles Report Recommendation 7 
Whilst protecting the integrity of the planning process, the Council needs to ensure the appropriate involvement of members in such developments. 
 
Additional Council Motion 
Council agrees that in light of the Independent External Review of Dargavel that there is a requirement to convene a cross party body to discuss and review 
existing governance arrangements of Renfrewshire Council. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
Assess the extent to which major investment projects have provided sufficient engagement with elected members through both formal governance routes as 
well as through briefing sessions, engagement sessions, group presentations, site tours etc. Identify any adjustments or improvements required moving 
forward. 
 
Provide officer support to a cross party group to of elected members to agree the remit and progress a discussion and review of the Council’s formal 
governance arrangements in line with the motion approved. 
 
Carry out an assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published good practice guide for audit committees. 
 
Page 119 of 230

Page 126

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
Undertake a health check assessment on major capital 
programmes to provide reassurance in respect to extent to 
which elected member involvement has been appropriately 
secured through formal governance reporting as well as via 
other appropriate informal engagement routes 
October 
2023 
Chief 
Executive 
supported by 
CMT 
 
 
City Deal and Infrastructure Health Check report was submitted 
to CMT on 21 November 2023. Other programmes to be reported 
to CMT through regular scheduled portfolio update sessions. 
Support Council Leader and other nominated elected 
members to determine a review remit, progress the review 
and develop suitable recommendations. 
 
March 2024 
  Head of 
Corporate 
Governance 
The Cross Party Working Group has been established and met 
five times. A report was submitted to the Council Meeting on 29 
February 2024 setting out the findings of the review. 
Bowles Report Recommendation 8
 
Public confidence 
 
These recent events and the matters described in this report will dent public confidence in the Council.  The Council should work in an open and transparent 
manner in the resolution of these issues and particularly with the residents of Dargavel, who have legitimate concerns about the implications for their children 
during both their primary and secondary education. 
 
Response Objectives 
 
The key aim has been to provide straightforward messaging and up to date sitreps to ensure publics (and council representatives) have the most up‐to‐date 
position and the complexity of the issue is explained in a simple and honest way and that parental/carer concerns in respect to the school and educational 
environment are able to be appropriately discussed through structured engagement arrangements with the parent councils with appropriate agreed actions 
taken forward. 
 
The strategy has been designed to:  
 
‐ Improve the flow and regularity of information to parents and carers and the wider Dargavel community, so they are first to hear about decisions 
impacting their community. 
 
‐ Ensure parents and carers have access to all projection data available to the council.  
Page 120 of 230

Page 127

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
 
‐ Introduce direct communication channels with Dargavel residents, enabling all sections of the community to engage on matters that are important to 
them and making sure the latest information is accessible and easy to find.  
 
‐ Provide residents with a feedback loop to enable them to ask questions of the council in relation to the development and have questions answered 
quickly.  
 
‐ Include the community in formal planning and design of a new primary school and high school extension.  
 
It is recognised that effective communication and engagement is important to building a new relationship between the Council and the Dargavel community, 
but ultimately it will take the delivery of the solution and investment in long term engagement to reduce local anxiety and fully rebuild trust and confidence in 
the Council. 
 
Develop communication plan to drive tactical engagement, 
ensuring the Dargavel community and specifically parents 
and carers kept updated on progress and the decisions 
being made by Council Boards.  
 
November 
2022  
 
Head of 
Marketing 
and Comms 
The strategy has directed media and stakeholder engagement in 
relation to council decisions pertaining to Dargavel, the initial 
announcement and short‐term mitigation arrangements, and the 
publication of the Independent external review by David Bowles. 
The specific activities delivered include:  
 Arranging and hosting two parent and carer meetings, 
attended by council officers and more than 220 parents or 
carers. 
 Attending several parent council meetings with all primary 
schools and PMHS to support direct engagement, discussion 
on key activities, immediate estate decisions in respect to 
deployment of modular classrooms and post occupancy 
adjustments at Dargavel Primary, sharing and discussion of 
revised projection data and modelling, key council decision 
points, independent review outcomes. 
 Attending several community meetings from community 
council, Community Liaison Group as well as supporting 
coordination and delivery of wider community representative 
Page 121 of 230

Page 128

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
round table session to maintain ongoing engagement, 
sharing of information and data sharing. 
 Updating parents and carers at Dargavel Primary on progress 
and all reports to Council Boards and decision making in 
relation to immediate solutions to address capacity issues at 
Dargavel/ 
 Updating Bishopton Community Council on progress above. 
 Responding to media enquiries, requests for interview and 
ensuring the media were proactively updated on progress.  
 Ensuring the wider area stakeholders were kept up to date 
on progress – this includes community representatives, wider 
Parent Council groups and local and national politicians.  
 Maintaining updated information on the council website 
 Delivered a creative partnership with Glasgow School of Art 
and Dargavel Primary School to support pupils design the 
interiors of the new modular classroom block. 
 
 
Deliver a revised comms and engagement strategy to 
coincide with the return to school period along with timing 
of key milestone points in relation to post independent 
review and moving towards confirmation of progress with 
BAE systems and moving more significantly into a delivery 
phase. This will ensure long term engagement process 
continues to build pro‐active and positive engagement to 
continue to re‐establish trust and confidence across the 
Dargavel community. 
 
August 
2023 
Head of 
Marketing 
and Comms 
The Dargavel communication and engagement strategy was 
reviewed following the publication of the Bowles Report. The 
strategy covers the development of long‐term solutions to 
increase primary and secondary capacity. The key aim has been 
to provide straightforward messaging and up to date sitreps to 
ensure publics (and council representatives) have the most up‐to‐
date position and the complexity of the issue is explained in a 
simple and honest way. We committed from the outset to ensure 
those members of the community directly impacted (and their 
representatives) are first to hear about the steps being taken to 
deliver a solution and the decision‐making process involved. The 
strategy has been designed to:  
 Improve the flow and regularity of information to parents 
and carers and the wider Dargavel community, so they are 
Page 122 of 230

Page 129

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
first to hear about decisions impacting their community. 
Ensure parents and carers have access to all projection data 
available to the council. 
 Introduce direct communication channels with Dargavel 
residents, enabling all sections of the community to engage 
on matters that are important to them and making sure the 
latest information is accessible and easy to find. 
 Provide residents with a feedback loop to enable them to ask 
questions of the council in relation to the development and 
have questions answered quickly. 
 Include the community in formal planning and design of a 
new primary school and high school extension. 
 
Activity delivered from October 2022 to present includes:  
 Planned and hosted 2 public meetings 
 Monthly updates to the council website 
 13 update letters issued to parents and carers at 
Dargavel Primary School and shared with community 
stakeholders. 
 3 proactive media updates and the handing of almost 50 
media enquiries to ensure the council’s right of reply ‐ 
including arrangements for broadcast interviews.  
 Ongoing Elected Member briefings and MP/MSP 
briefings to ensure all political representatives are kept 
up to date on matters relating to the Dargavel 
Community. 
 Following publication of the Review, individual meetings 
took place with four local community representatives 
who were interviewed for the Review to include next 
steps. Ongoing engagement continues with two 
Page 123 of 230

Page 130

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
Action 
  Target 
Completion 
Responsible 
Officer 
Update 
representatives to provide a sounding board for 
communication and engagement. 
 August 4, the council’s senior team attended a Round 
Table Meeting with Bishopton Community to discuss 
education provision and leisure and recreation provision. 
 From August, introduced a new opt‐in community 
newsletter, promoted locally to encourage resident sign 
up. 
 Established the Park Mains Liaison Group, attended by 
the Parent Council Chairs of all Park Mains catchment 
primary schools, to ensure we can collectively plan the 
high school extension and effectively engage with the 
wider school. 
 Space Planning Activity for Dargavel Primary School 
 Preparation of communications plan to encourage 
community engagement (those directly impacted and 
those affected) with the forthcoming statutory 
consultation, to be launched in January. 
 
Establish a new parent council liaison group to provide a 
single PC forum (at the request of PC chairs) to provide a 
streamlined opportunity for consistent engagement and 
communication with the whole PC community for all 
schools associated with Dargavel / Bishopton and PMHS and 
all feeder primaries. 
 
August 
2023 
Head of 
Education  
Group has been established and has met following school 
summer break with positive feedback from Parent Council Chairs 
with engagement to date. 
Establish regular opt‐in digital community newsletter to 
facilitate regular communication updates direct to 
interested members of the community. 
 
August 
2023 
Head of 
Marketing 
and Comms 
Take up of opt‐in digital channel newsletter is currently sitting at 
over 500 and it is expected that this will continue to grow in the 
coming months.  
 
 
Page 124 of 230

Page 131

APPENDIX 2 
Action Plan Response Monitoring (Completed Items) – May 2024 
 
 
CROSS PARTY WORKING GROUP AGREED ACTIONS
 
The  content  of  the  Protocol  for  Relationships  between 
Political Groups, Elected Members and Officers be refreshed. 
 
February 
2024 
Head of 
Corporate 
Governance 
 
The Revised Protocol was approved at the Council Meeting of 29 
February 2024 
A health check of all major projects will be completed and 
reported through the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
March 2024  Chief 
Executive 
This has separately been reported to the ARS Board as part of the 
independent review action plan 
 
A  structure  chart  for  all  Council  directorates  should  be 
prepared and circulated to all Elected Members. This should 
be regularly updated and recirculated as necessary. 
March 2024  Chief 
Executive 
The structure chart was circulated to all Elected Members, and 
the first updated version was issued in March 
 
Page 125 of 230

Page 132

Page 126 of 230

Page 133

To:  Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
On: 20 May 2024
_______________________________________________________________________ 
Report by:  Chief Executive
_______________________________________________________________________ 
Heading:  Local Government Benchmarking Framework 2022/23
_______________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 The Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) is a high-level
benchmarking tool which allows local authorities to compare their performance
across a wide range of key service areas such as education, housing, and adult
social care.  Renfrewshire Council has participated in the development of the LGBF
since its inception in 2010 and the framework has expanded to comprise 108
indicators. The purpose of the Framework is to support evidence-based
comparisons and encourage shared learning and improvement.  A report on
performance against the indicators is provided to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
each year following publication of the LGBF Annual Report by the Improvement
Service.  This year’s national report was published at the end of February 2024. 
1.2 The Improvement Service have changed the approach to publishing LGBF data;
previously there was a large release of data at the start of each calendar year, and
one update later in the year when data relating to children’s services became
available.  Under the new arrangements, a suite of 64 indicators was published in
December 2023 and a further 16 in February 2024.  From April 2024, publication
will be on a monthly basis. 
1.3 This report provides an overview of Renfrewshire’s performance in relation to the
LGBF for 2022/23, as well as outlining the wider context and trends for local
authorities across Scotland.  Appendix 1 shows Renfrewshire’s performance across
the 80 indicators for which data is currently available, and provides a comparison
with the two previous years and with the relevant family group of local authorities
(i.e. local authorities with similar characteristics).   
Item 7
Page 127 of 230

Page 134

1.4 The Improvement Service provides an online dashboard which allows users to view
and interact with the data.  It allows comparison between a council and the national
average, and with the family group.  Previously, the IS ranked each council and
published these rankings, but have moved away from this practice.  Whilst rankings
can be helpful in understanding how similar councils perform, they do not take
context into account (for example, local policy priorities, or council structures).  They
also infer particular judgements, such as cheapest equalling best. 
1.5 In order that elected members can have some insight into improvement relative to
other councils, officers have calculated rankings and included in the data in
Appendix 1.  It should be noted that it is possible for performance to improve in real
terms but for this not to be reflected in rankings because other councils have also
improved. 
1.6 There are 28 indicators for 2022/23 still to be published.  For those which are
available, Renfrewshire has performed as follows in terms of the LGBF:
o 36 indicators have improved performance;
o 44 indicators have falling performance;
o 41 indicators maintained or improved their ranking; 
o 39 indicators have fallen in the rankings; 
o 23 indicators are ranked in the top 8 best performing councils for that measure;
o 15 indicators are ranked in the 8 lowest performing councils for that measure; 
1.7 Renfrewshire Council actively contributes to national discussions and learning on
the Local Government Benchmarking Framework and uses it to identify
opportunities to explore areas of challenge and of best practice. 
1.8 The Council also publishes its statutory Public Performance Reporting document on
the Council’s website. Performance information gathered through the LGBF is
included as part of the report which allows our residents to understand how the
Council is performing, relative to other Councils.  Services also publish performance
information regularly through operational reports and updates on Service
Improvement Plans and the Council Plan. 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board notes the contents of the
report. 
3. Background 
3.1 All Scottish local authorities participate in the Local Government Benchmarking
Framework (LGBF), which allows councils to compare their performance across a
suite of indicators, including costs and performance of key council services, and
levels of public satisfaction. Whilst there are always different views on the nature
and calculation of specific indicators, the framework provides a tool for the Council
Page 128 of 230

Page 135

to consider its performance in relation to delivering Best Value, as well as a platform
for learning and sharing good practice. It is used in conjunction with other
benchmarking tools, data and information that Council services use to assess
performance, such as service key performance indicators, service improvement
outturn reports, national and local surveys, inspections, and audits. 
3.2 There are currently 108 indicators in the Framework, which cover the majority of
council services across ten categories:
• Children’s services;
• Corporate services;
• Adult social care;
• Culture and leisure services;
• Environmental services;
• Housing services;
• Corporate asset management;
• Economic development;
• Financial sustainability;
• Tackling climate change. 
3.3  In 2023, the Improvement Service moved to more frequent data releases, and this
report covers the last two data releases, which have provided 2022/23 data for 80
indicators.  In previous years, data was embargoed by the Improvement Service
until the publication of a national overview, though Councils would be given access
prior to publication in order to carry out verification.  This is no longer the case, and
data is made available to councils and the public at the same time.  The Council still
undertakes accuracy checks of the data. 
3.4 The January 2024 release includes three new climate change indicators:
• CO2 emissions from transport per capita;
• CO2 emissions from electricity per capita;
• CO2 emissions from gas per capita. 
The most recent year for which data is available on the new indicators is 2021/22.
More information is provided in Section 5 of this report. 
3.5 The LGBF provides a useful means of comparing relative performance across all
Scottish councils but like all performance information, it should be used with caution,
with due consideration given to local priorities and investment decisions, and
differences in council structures.  It does not represent the full range of council
service delivery. 
4. National Context 
4.1 Alongside the performance data, the Improvement Service publishes a national
overview report each year, highlighting key trends across Scotland and considering
local variation.  The 2022/23 report has similar themes to last year’s report though
Page 129 of 230

Page 136

there is less of a focus on the pandemic and more of a focus on cost-of-living issues
and inflationary pressures impacting both organisations and individuals. 
4.2 The national report once again leads with a message about financial challenges in
local government, noting that “the financial gap between councils’ income and
expenditure has increased by over a third in 2022/23”.  The report points to the need
to progress the ambitions of the Verity House Agreement as key to supporting long-
term financial sustainability.  The report also notes the disproportionate reductions in
particular service areas in order to protect social care and education. 
4.3 The report notes that demand for services continues to rise, with increasing poverty
and financial hardship one driver of this. The Improvement Service highlight
indicators on demand for Scottish Welfare Fund grants and Discretionary Housing
Payments as evidence of this. At the same time, workforce pressures remain; the
report notes that councils are struggling to recruit and retain the staff needed to
provide the services communities rely on.  Data indicates that staff absence levels
are continuing to rise, exacerbating shortages. 
4.4 The national report highlights the impact of these workforce challenges in social care,
which are adding to the existing pressures associated with an ageing population. 
They highlight indicators which show a reduction in the number of care at home
hours delivered and in the number of people receiving personal care at home. 
4.5 The report does note some signs of post-pandemic recovery, with some educational
attainment measures showing improvement on pre-pandemic levels. 
4.6 Overall, the report finds that councils are continuing to demonstrate improvements
despite the significant challenges being faced.   Nonetheless, the Improvement
Service note concern that the decisions now needed on service delivery in the
current operating context will make it more difficult to continue delivering
improvements. 
5. Overview of Renfrewshire’s Performance 
5.1 This section provides an overview of Renfrewshire’s LGBF performance in relation to
our Council Plan themes, and by theme, with a focus on pandemic recovery and on
cost measures.  Appendix 1 provides the Council’s data, ranked position, the Scottish
average, and the family group range for all the indicators.   
5.2 As noted in 1.5 above, Renfrewshire Council ranked in the top eight performing
councils for 23 indicators.  Areas of strong relative performance include delayed
discharges from hospital, recycling, road maintenance and completion of non-
emergency housing repairs.  There are 15 indicators ranked in the bottom eight
performing councils and some areas identified for improvement include staff sickness
absence, business start-ups and procurement spend with local businesses. 
Page 130 of 230

Page 137

5.3 The list of indicators with falling performance includes eleven cost indicators (a more
expensive service presents as falling performance in the LGBF framework) and six
educational tariff score measures which are not comparable with the previous year
due to differing assessment methods. 
5.4 It is important to note that a further nine of the remaining 28 indicators with falling
performance changed by less than 1%; this includes town vacancy rates, gross rent
arrears, spend on self-directed support, and the collection rate for council tax. 
5.5 More detail on specific indicators is covered below under each of the Council Plan
themes. 
Understanding Cost Indicators and Performance 
5.6 The approach taken by the Improvement Service in relation to LGBF rankings on
cost measures (of which there are 18) is to consider ‘cheapest’ as ‘best performing’. 
As such, any consideration of relative and absolute performance must take account
of local policy decisions which target investment in priority areas.  In Renfrewshire,
current examples would be the investment in roads and waste.  Similarly, differences
in the structure of every council can also account for variation; an example of this
would be indicator CORP1 which shows support services as a percentage of
expenditure.  In Renfrewshire, the model of centralised support means that more
staffing costs are captured in that figure than in councils where each operational
service has its own support staff. 
5.7 Investment in roads has been a priority for the Council in recent years and this is
demonstrated by the cost per kilometre of road, which is much higher than the average. 
The measures of road conditions look at the proportion requiring maintenance
treatment and Renfrewshire out-performs the Scottish average by some distance for all
four classes of road as well as showing continuous improvement in recent years.   
5.8 The cost of sports attendances has fallen, and this in part reflects continued recovery
from the pandemic, which has allowed for an increase in attendances, particularly for
club sport.  Targeted work to promote low-cost access to pools for children and families
has also driven up attendances and therefore reduced the per-attendance cost. 
Demand remains constant for these services. 
5.9 The cost of planning and building standards per planning application has risen in
2022/23.  This is due to a reduction in planning applications since the previous year,
meaning that the cost is spread across fewer applications.  The level of applications is
not within the Council’s control. 
5.10 The indicator ENV5 Cost of Trading Standards and Environmental Health per 1000
population also includes the cost of money advice services, which are not provided by
all local authorities.  In Renfrewshire, Trading Standards and Environmental Health
Page 131 of 230

Page 138

costs also appear higher than other areas because they include other service costs
including the Wardens Service and CCTV. 
5.11 It should be noted that cost measures only present part of an assessment of
performance and alone, they should not be perceived to equate to quality.   
Understanding Customer Satisfaction Measures 
5.12 The LGBF reports on seven customer satisfaction measures, and uses the Scottish
Household Survey (SHS) as its source for these indicators.  Because of very low
sample sizes once the survey is broken down to local authority level, the measures
use an average over the most recent three year period; the 2022/23 figures are
therefore an average of the period 2020/21, 2021/22 and 2022/23.  This still gives a
sample size of only around 450 people from Renfrewshire surveyed over a three year
period, and reflect a person’s perception; the person may or may not use the service
they are being asked about.  As the respondents are different each time, it is not
possible to state whether a person’s perception improves or worsens over time. 
5.13 As well as the small sample size per local authority, and the use of value judgements
rather than measurable quality, there are two further caveats to be considered when
using SHS data.  The first is that the LGBF uses the figures for those who actively
express satisfaction, rather than those actively expressing dissatisfaction – this is
relevant because many people state that they have no view. The second is that SHS
statistics are provided with a note of the sampling error, which tells users how much
margin of error there is with the figure depending on the estimate and the sample
size.  As an example of how this affects the data, consider the measure CHN10
Percentage of adults satisfied with local schools.  In 2022, the SHS surveyed 140
people across Renfrewshire and 57% said they were satisfied with local schools. 
Another 39% said they were neither satisfied or dissatisfied, and only 5% (7 people)
said they were dissatisfied.  If the indicator reported on dissatisfaction rather than
satisfaction, it would give a different impression.  For that same indicator, the SHS tell
us that the sampling error for a group of that size is between 4.5 and 5.5.  That
means they consider that the true figure, if the sample were extrapolated to the whole
population could be as high as 10.5% but could equally be as low as zero. 
Council Plan Themes: Place 
5.14 Indicators relating to Renfrewshire’s transport infrastructure show that the condition
of roads is better than average, as measured by the percentage which require
maintenance treatment; Renfrewshire ranks in the top 6 of councils for three out of
four categories of road.  Investment in roads remains considerably higher than the
Scottish average (at almost £20,000 per kilometre in 2022/23, compared with
£12,844 per kilometre). 
5.15 Satisfaction with street cleaning, as measured by a relatively small sample in the
Scottish Household Survey, is below what would be expected given the independent
Page 132 of 230

Page 139

measure of street cleanliness indicates that that 93.3 of Renfrewshire streets
monitored in 2022/23 met the required standard; this is higher than the national
average of 90.6% of streets.. Officers are considering how this perception can be
explored further given the low sample size. 
5.16 The average time to process business and industry planning applications increased
by almost four weeks this year, from 7.96 weeks to 12.94 weeks.  This compares
with a national average of 12.04 weeks. This measure was impacted significantly by
staff absence and vacancies within the team.  Recent recruitment coupled with
improvements to the case management system should result in reduced processing
time in the future.  Processing time is also impacted by the Council’s legal obligation
to seek consultation responses from external stakeholders including the Scottish
Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) and Transport Scotland, and officers have no
control over the time taken to provide these.  Renfrewshire’s performance has
previously been better than the Scottish average. 
Council Plan Themes: Economy 
5.17 Renfrewshire Council continues to perform well in relation to employability support,
with 18.5% of people taking part in programmes in 2022/23 moving in to work.  This
compares favourably with a Scottish average of 12.9%.  This indicator had a spike in
performance in 2021/22 due to the availability of short-term Kickstart funding, which
was targeted at youth employment and was very successful in Renfrewshire. 
5.18 There has been a slight increase in the proportion of Renfrewshire Council
procurement spend with local businesses; this has risen form 18.9% in 2021/22 to
19.3% in 2022/23.  It remains below the national average, which is 29.6%.   Almost
£46m was spent with local businesses in 2022/23 and increasing this remains a key
element of our Community Wealth Building work.  Procurement strives to ensure
opportunities are accessible to the local supply chain, for example through lotting
tender opportunities, and work closely with Economic Development to provide
support to local businesses and encourage them to bid for public sector
contracts.  Over the last two years, there have been a number of ‘Meet the Buyer’
events for local businesses, providing information on the tendering process for public
sector contracts and opportunities to meet with companies looking for subcontractors
to work on large Council capital works. It is hoped the impact of this will lead to an
improvement in this indicator. The Council’s updated Standing Orders Relating to
Contracts have specified that wherever feasible, three-quarters of businesses invited
to quote for contracts from £25,000 to £50,000 for goods and services and £500,000
for works should be local.  As this change took place in June 2023, any impact will
not yet show up in the data.   
5.19 In 2022/23, there were 11.6 business start-ups per 10,000 population, compared with
14.9 in 2021/22 and a current national average of 14.3.   Business Gateway are
working with similar numbers of people, but are finding that fewer are taking the final
step and setting up a business.  One factor in this may be the current job market in
Page 133 of 230

Page 140

Renfrewshire and the availability of jobs, with people opting to take up better paid
employment rather than take a risk on self-employment. 
5.20 Town vacancy rates have increased slightly from 17.7% to 18%. The figure continues to
be impacted by the approach to re-letting units in the Paisley Centre ahead of its
redevelopment, namely the deliberate strategy to leave units vacant rather than re-
market them. 
Council Plan Themes: Fair 
5.21 In the national report, the Improvement Service have noted what they consider to be
the impact of cost-of-living pressures on LGBF indicators. In Renfrewshire the
proportion of rent arrears relative to all rents due in the year has increased, and this
is in line with a national trend.  Arrears rose from 6.42% of rents due in 2020/21 to
7.99% in 2021/22 and 8.6% in 2022/23.  This is still below the national average of
9.6%.  In 2023, the Council introduced a Tenant Support Fund which can provide
assistance with rent payments to tenants who fit the criteria.  Tenants are also
signposted to Advice Works, who can assist with benefit checks and income
maximisation. 
5.22 Renfrewshire Council dealt with more than 9,500 crisis grant applications in 2022/23,
an increase of more than 500 on the previous year.  The internal target for
processing these is 2 days and this is being met; the LGBF measure is the
percentage of decisions within 1 day and performance is lower than the previous
year, at 83.3%.  This does mean that the majority of crisis grants are still being
processed within a single day despite rising applications.  Most Community Care
Grants – 90.1% in 2022/23 – are processed within the target 15 days, and
Renfrewshire’s performance is above the national average for that measure. 
5.23 The percentage of people aged 65 and over who require long-term care and receive
personal care at home has increased from 60.9% in 2021/22 to 63.1% in 2022/23.
The service has been able to meet increased demand for services arising from
hospital discharges however this remains extremely challenging.   
Council Plan Themes: Green 
5.24 Three new climate change indicators have been introduced to the LGBF dataset,
covering CO2 emissions from transport, electricity and gas.  Whilst there is no data
for 2022/23 yet, it is worth noting the trends to date; data has been provided for the
period 2017/18 to 2021/22.  These indicators include all emissions within the local
authority area, regardless of whether they are within the scope of local authorities to
control. 
5.25 The graphs below show the trend for Renfrewshire and Scotland and show
downward trends in all three categories of emission.  They also show that
Renfrewshire has lower levels of CO2 emissions than the national average. More
Page 134 of 230

Page 141

detailed data relating to climate is reported to Board as part of the Council’s RenZero
programme and through the statutory requirement to report on the Public Bodies
Climate Change Duties annually. 
5.26 Renfrewshire continues to perform well in relation to waste recycling, with 54% of
household waste recycled, compared with a Scottish average of 43.3% and exceeding
pre-pandemic levels.  There has been a national improvement, with twelve councils
now recycling at least half of household waste (compared with nine in 2021/22). 
Council Plan Themes: Values 
5.27 Staff absence continues to be an area of focus for the Council, and is an issue being
experienced by all councils in Scotland.  The average days lost per member of teaching
staff rose from 5.9 in 2021/22 to 7.4 in 2022/23. Renfrewshire has been consistently
above the national average in recent years. For non-teaching staff, the average days
lost rose from 13.2 to 15.2.  The LGBF data does not include Covid-related absences,
but these will be factored in from 2023/24.   The updated Managing Absence policy is
one way in which the Council is targeting work to improve absence rates alongside a
suite of updated policies and health and wellbeing supports. 
5.28 The gender pay gap in Renfrewshire Council has continued to narrow and is now at
0.5%, down from 2.29% in the previous year.   Recent pay deals which have enhanced
earnings for the lowest paid staff, who are more likely to be women working in specific
job roles, will have contributed to the narrowing of the gap.
0
20
40
2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
CLIM03: CO2 Emissions from
Transport per Capita
Renfrewshire Scotland
0
50
100
2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
CLIM04: CO2 Emissions
from Electricity per Capita
Renfrewshire Scotland
0
20
40
60
2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22
CLIM05: CO2 Emissions from
Natural Gas per Capita
Renfrewshire Scotland
Page 135 of 230

Page 142

5.29 Strong joint working has contributed to the continued minimisation of delays for patients
leaving hospital through good discharge planning between acute services and social
care.  Renfrewshire continues to be one of the strongest performing areas in Scotland,
with 266 days lost to delayed discharge per 1000 population over 75, compared with a
national average of 919.1 days.  There are also a range of services which support
people to remain in the community and prevent hospital admissions and readmissions. 
This strong performance does place pressure on the system in terms of organisational
resources to facilitate discharge when recruitment and maintaining service capacity are
challenging. 
Council Plan Themes: Improving Outcomes for Children and Young People 
5.30 Following a return to the standard approach to assessment after two years of the
SQA’s Alternative Certification Model, all local authorities have experienced drops in
tariff scores (which are a measure of educational attainment).  Renfrewshire
continues to perform well and the overall average total tariff per pupil is above the
national average, at 969.58, compared with 915.46.  The LGBF dataset also provides
tariff scores by relative deprivation, using SIMD quintiles.  These indicators show that
Renfrewshire continues to out-perform the national average for all but the pupils
living in the least-deprived areas.  There remains ongoing tracking of pupil
achievement across the senior phase, with targeted interventions and a flexible
curriculum model designed to maximise attainment for all pupils. 
5.31 There has been a widening in the attainment gap for literacy, largely due to a decline
in talking and listening attainment in P1.  The indicator has been reported since
2018/19, when it was 20.44%; due to the pandemic it was not collected in 2019/20,
widened to 28.53% in 2020/21, reduced to 20.89% in 2021/22 and has widened
again to 26.37% in 2022/23.  The gap for numeracy has narrowed slightly to 17.93%
and has almost returned to pre-pandemic levels. 
5.32 There is a general trend towards falling school attendance when figures are compared
with the last full pre-pandemic year of 2018/19.   All councils in Scotland have
attendance rates between 88% and 93%, compared with a range of 91.2% to 95.2% in
2018/19.  Renfrewshire’s average attendance rate in 2022/23 was 90%, which is in line
with the Scottish average. 
6. Monitoring and reporting of LGBF 
6.1 The performance of the LGBF indicators will continue to be monitored by the
Corporate Management Team, through service improvement planning processes and
through further benchmarking activities to develop and share best practice. A report
on the LGBF will continue to be submitted to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
annually to review performance and monitor progress.   
Page 136 of 230

Page 143

6.2 Renfrewshire Council publishes its statutory Public Performance Reporting document
on the Council’s website in March each year. Relevant performance information
gathered through the LGBF is included as part of the report.   
Implications of this report 
1.  Financial – No direct implications though the report includes cost-based
measures. 
2.  HR and Organisational Development – no direct implications from the report but
there are several indicators relating to staff. 
3. Community/Council Planning – the indicators contribute to our understanding of
performance in relation to Community Plan and Council Plan themes. 
4.  Legal – none 
5.  Property/Assets – no direct implications but the report references indicators
relating to council assets. 
6.  Information Technology – n/a 
7.  Equality & Human Rights – The recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No
negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in
the report because it is for noting only. 
8. Health and Safety – none 
9. Procurement – no direct implication but the report includes details of an indicator
relating to the Council’s procurement spend. 
10. Risk – none 
11. Privacy Impact – none 
12. 
13.
Cosla Policy Position – the LGBF framework represents a joint commitment by
SOLACE (Scotland) and COSLA to develop better measurement and comparable
data to target resources and drive improvements. 
Climate Risk – no direct implications but the report includes measures relating to
CO2 emissions. 
List of Background Papers:  None 
Author: Lisa Fingland, Policy Manager, lisa.fingland@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 137 of 230

Page 144

Appendix 1:  Renfrewshire’s 2022/23 data 
As noted in the main report, LGBF data is now published quarterly.  This appendix includes only those indicators for which 2022/23 data is
available. 
Family Groups allow comparisons and encourage discussions between similar councils. Renfrewshire is currently in the following family groups: 
• Family Group 3 for population type, which includes Children Services, Adult Social Care and Housing Services – Clackmannanshire,
Dumfries & Galloway, Falkirk, Fife, Renfrewshire, South Ayrshire, South Lanarkshire, and West Lothian. 
• Family Group 3 for area, which includes Corporate Services, Culture and Leisure, Environmental Services, Corporate Assets, Economic
Development, Financial Sustainability, Tackling Climate Change – Angus, Clackmannanshire, East Renfrewshire, Inverclyde, Midlothian,
Renfrewshire, South Lanarkshire and West Lothian. 
Children’s Services
16 of the 32 indicators have 2022/23 data available.  Six are ranked in the top quarter, two are ranked in the bottom quarter.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
CHN1 Cost Per Primary School
Pupil 12 8 12 £5,960.00 £6,059.00 £6,703.36 £6,862.59 £6576.77 (Falkirk) to £7121.51
(West Lothian) 3
CHN2 Cost per Secondary
School Pupil 2 1 5 £7,010.00 £7,040.00 £7,805.75 £8,481.78 £7805.75 (Renfrewshire) to
£9064.09 (Clackmannanshire) 1
CHN3 Cost per Pre-School
Education Registration 8 9 8 £8,230.00 £9,578.00 £9,839.22 £11,007.90 £9318.76 (West Lothian) to
£12904.12 (Clackmannanshire) 3
CHN12a Overall Average Total
Tariff 7 9 10 1058 1037 969.58 915.46 1021.8 (Falkirk) to 764.89
(Clackmannanshire) 5
CHN12b Average Total Tariff
SIMD quintile 1 9 7 6 700 743 695 658 723 (South Lanarkshire) to 477
(Dumfries & Galloway) 2
CHN12c Average total tariff
SIMD quintile 2 10 12 10 898 870 830 781 925 (South Ayrshire) to 678
(Fife) 4
Page 138 of 230

Page 145

CHN12d Average total tariff
SIMD quintile 3 6 6 4 1070 1055 999 905 999 (Renfrewshire) to 665
(Clackmannanshire) 1
CHN12e Average total tariff
SIMD quintile 4 4 7 7 1311 1206 1153 1051 1206 (Falkirk) to 935 (Dumfries
& Galloway) 5
CHN12f Average total tariff
SIMD quintile 5 6 4 12 1390 1391 1234 1265 1377 (Falkirk) to 1080
(Clackmannanshire) 5
CHN13a % of P1, P4 and P7
pupils combined achieving
expected CFE Level in Literacy
9 11 13 70 71.9 74 73 79.2 (West Lothian) to 64.5
(Dumfries and Galloway) 4
CHN13b % of P1, P4 and P7
pupils combined achieving
expected CFE Level in
Numeracy
5 7 8 80 81.4 83 80 84.7 (West Lothian) to 72.4
(Clackmannanshire) 3
CHN14a Literacy Attainment
Gap (P1,4,7 Combined) -
percentage point gap between
the least deprived and most
deprived pupils
21 18 26 29 20.9 26.4 20.46 12.4 (Dumfries and Galloway)
to 26.4 (Renfrewshire) 8
CHN14b Numeracy Attainment
Gap (P1,4,7 Combined) -
percentage point gap between
the least deprived and most
deprived pupils
17 13 17 23 18.8 17.9 16.96 7.5 (Dumfries and Galloway)
to 19.1 (Fife) 7
CHN18 % of funded early years
provision which is graded
good/better
7 15 22 95.45 90.28 90.10% 90 95.74% (South Ayrshire) to
84.21% (Clackmannanshire) 6
CHN19a School attendance rate 17 20 23 93.04 91.9 90 90
91 (Clackmannanshire,
Dumfries and Galloway, and
Falkirk) to 89 (South Ayrshire)
2
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2018/21 2019/22 2020/23 2018/21 2019/22 2020/23
CHN10 % of Adults Satisfied
with Local Schools 21 17 27 71.37 76.37 70 74 84% (South Ayrshire) to 69%
(Dumfries & Galloway) 7
Page 139 of 230

Page 146

Corporate Services
Updated data is available for all twelve indicators.  Two are ranked in the top quarter, four are ranked in the bottom quarter.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
CORP 1 Support services as a %
of total gross expenditure 29 29 29 5.6 5.68 5.30% 4.04 2.8% (West Lothian) to 5.3%
(Renfrewshire) 8
CORP 3b % of the highest paid
5% employees who are women 16 22 21 57.11 58.15 56.80% 58.90% 63.6% (Angus) to 56.8%
(Renfrewshire) 8
CORP 3c The gender pay gap
(%) 17 13 7 3.67 2.29 0.5% 2.50% -0.14% (Angus) to 4.6% (East
Renfrewshire) 2
CORP 4 The cost per dwelling of
collecting council tax 25 21 21 £9.30 £8.03 £7.97 £6.84 £5.20 (West Lothian) to
£12.37 (East Renfrewshire) 5
CORP 6a Sickness absence days
per teacher 30 19 25 5.7 5.9 7.4 6.8 4.8 (East Renfrewshire) to 7.6
(Clackmannanshire) 7
CORP 6b Sickness absence days
per employee (non-teacher) 31 21 26 11.89 13.19 15.2 13.2 11.3 (Inverclyde) to 15.7
(Clackmannanshire) 7
CORP 7 % of income due from
council tax received by the end
of the year
20 21 24 95.03 95.48 95.30% 96.20% 97.55% (East Renfrewshire) to
94.52% (Midlothian) 7
CORP 8 % of invoices sampled
that were paid within 30 days 1 5 19 97.25 95.5 90.21% 90.60% 95.05% (Inverclyde) to 81.17%
(Angus) 5
CORP 9 % of Crisis Grant
decisions within 1 day 28 27 28 92.5 88.5 83.30% 91.80% 100% (Inverclyde) to 74.25%
(West Lothian) 7
CORP 10 % of CCG Grant
decisions within 15 days 18 18 16 93.75 91.75 90.10% 87.30% 99.5% (Inverclyde) to 71.5%
(West Lothian) 6
CORP 11 The proportion
of SWF Budget Spent 17 17 14 79.73 100.81 130% 130% 204% (West Lothian) to 86.5%
(Angus) 3
CORP 12 Proportion of DHP
Funding spent 8 12 1 105.02 101.73 106% 94.40% 106% (Renfrewshire) to 70.7%
(Angus) 1 
Page 140 of 230

Page 147

Adult Social Care
Updated data is available for seven of the eleven indicators.  Three are ranked in the top quarter, none in the bottom quarter.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
SW1 Home care costs per hour
for people aged 65 or over 12 8 12 £26.38 £22.01 £28.70 £31.85 £17.95 (Clackmannanshire) to
£42.94 (Fife) 4
SW2 Self Directed Support
(Direct Payments + Managed
Personalised Budgets) spend on
adults 18+ as a % of total social
work spend on adults 18+
19 18 21 4.47 4.77 4.70% 8.7 8% (West Lothian) to 3.3%
(Falkirk) 4
SW3a % of people aged 65 and
over with long-term care needs
who receiving personal care at
home
30 5 11 53.51 60.91 63.1 61.50% 71.08% (Clackmannanshire) to
58.43% (South Ayrshire) 3
SW5 Residential costs per week
per resident for people aged 65
or over
5 6 5 £464.00 £470.00 £526.72 £683.97 £442.38 (Dumfries &
Galloway) to £991.62 (Fife) 3
SW6 Rate of readmission to
hospital within 28 days per
1,000 discharges
7 6 4 100.11 86.7 76.71 101.7 76.71 (Renfrewshire) to
144.72 (Clackmannanshire) 1
SW7 Proportion of care services
graded 'good' (4) or better in
Care Inspectorate inspections
15 8 15 85.5 81.46 78 75 82 (Clackmannanshire) to 67
(Fife) 3
SW8 Number of days people
spend in hospital when they are
ready to be discharged, per
1,000 population (75+)
16 5 3 368.24 295.92 266 919.1 266 (Renfrewshire) to 2216
(South Ayrshire) 1 
Page 141 of 230

Page 148

Culture and Leisure 
Data is available for seven of the eight indicators.  One is ranked in the top quarter, four in the bottom quarter.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
C&L1 Cost per attendance at
sports facilities 18 16 15 £35.25 £5.72 £4.10 £4.89 £1.47 (West Lothian) to
£17.88 (Midlothian) 4
C&L2 Cost per library visit 18 3 4 £5.35 £1.47 £1.38 £2.81 £1.38 (Renfrewshire) to £4.84
(East Renfrewshire) 1
C&L4 Cost of parks & open
spaces per 1,000 population 27 29 32 £28,982 £32,162 £49,055.24 £23,311.37 £6,928.60 (Midlothian) to
£49,055 (Renfrewshire) 8
C&L5a % of adults satisfied with
libraries 18 24 32 69.07 62 56 71 75.3% (Angus) to 56
(Renfrewshire) 8
C&L5b % of adults satisfied with
parks and open spaces 18 13 18 87.8 87.7 87 87 92.7% (Angus) to 86% (West
Lothian) 6
C&L5c % of adults satisfied with
museums and galleries 10 18 29 63.67 58 55 71 70.3% (Angus) to 40.7%
(Clackmannanshire) 7
C&L5d % of adults satisfied with
leisure facilities 7 13 28 74.47 71 67 71 75.7% (Inverclyde) to 36.7%
(Clackmannanshire) 5 
Environment 
Updated data is available for all fifteen indicators.  Five are ranked in the top quarter, five in the bottom quarter. 
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
ENV1a Net cost of waste
collection per premise 15 26 25 £71.49 £68.42 £91.15 £79.20 £54.11 (Inverclyde) to £91.15
(Renfrewshire) 8
ENV2a Net cost of waste
disposal per premise 12 17 16 £103.23 £101.81 £101.08 £99.76
£31.25 (Midlothian) to £113.97
(West Lothian) 5
Page 142 of 230

Page 149

ENV3a Net cost of street
cleaning per 1,000 population 2 2 3 £6,642 £7,191 £7,986 £16,068 £7,986 (Renfrewshire) to
£19,867.38 (Angus) 1
ENV3c Street Cleanliness Score 13 18 10 93.59 89.6 93.3 90.6 96.5% (Angus) to 83.9%
(Inverclyde) 3
ENV4a Cost of Roads per
kilometre 25 29 24 £16,278 £20,656 £19,994.10 £12,844
£9,246.77 (Angus) to
£25,017.24 (East
Renfrewshire) 6
ENV5 Cost of Trading Standards
and environmental health per
1,000 population
18 28 29 £19,869 £32,462 £35,528.51 £22,302 £12,030.66 (Angus) to
£35,528.51 (Renfrewshire) 8
ENV5a Cost of Trading
Standards, money advice and
citizens advice per 1000
30 30 29 £13,296 £13,032 £12,590 £7,060 £1,770 (Clackmannanshire) to
£12,590 (Renfrewshire) 8
ENV5b Cost of environmental
health per 1,000 population 1 26 28 £6,837 £20,257 £22,941 £15,239 £7,414.70 (Angus) to £22,941
(Renfrewshire) 8
ENV6 % of total household
waste arising that is recycled 11 8 6 49.11 51.7 54% 43.3 56% (East Renfrewshire) to
41% (South Lanarkshire) 2
ENV4b % of A Class roads that
should be considered for
maintenance treatment
4 5 2 19.4 17.29 15.5 27.4
29.3% (Midlothian) to 15.5%
(Renfrewshire) 1
ENV4c % of B Class roads that
should be considered for
maintenance treatment
7 7 4 23.7 21.24 19.2 31.5
35.2% (Angus) to 9.2%
(Renfrewshire) 1
ENV4d % of C Class roads that
should be considered for
maintenance treatment
19 18 11 33.5 30.55 27 32.7 40.7% (West Lothian) to
26.2% (Clackmannanshire) 2
ENV4e % of U Class roads that
should be considered for
maintenance treatment
11 9 6 34.3 30.99 30.1 36.4
44% (Midlothian) to 28% (West
Lothian) 2
ENV7a % of adults satisfied with
refuse collection 28 29 28 66.3 67.3 73 78 91.3% (Inverclyde). to 73.3%
(Renfrewshire) 8
ENV7b % of adults satisfied
with street cleaning 32 31 31 47.77 47.3 51 58 67.7% (Inverclyde) to 50.7%
(Renfrewshire) 8 
Page 143 of 230

Page 150

Housing
Data is available for four of the five indicators.  One indicator is ranked in the top quarter, none are in the bottom quarter.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
HSN1b Gross rent arrears (all
tenants) as at 31 March each
year as a percentage of rent
due for the reporting year
7 9 11 6.42 7.99 8.6 9.60% 4.3 (South Ayrshire) to 13.9
(Falkirk) 3
HSN2 % of rent due in the year
that was lost due to voids 18 20 19 1.58 2.03 1.9 1.70% 0.6% (South Lanarkshire) to
2% (Falkirk) 6
HSN3 % of council dwellings
meeting Scottish Housing
Standards
13 20 13 91.65 57.11 68 71 93.8% (West Lothian) to
39.3% (Clackmannanshire) 6
HSN4b Average number of days
taken to complete non-
emergency repairs
17 24 3 10.71 14.57 6.1 9.9 5.4 (Clackmannanshire) to
11.6 (South Lanarkshire) 2  
Corporate Asset 
Data is available for both indicators.  None are in either the top or bottom quarters of the ranking.
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
CORP-ASSET1 Proportion of
operational buildings that are
suitable for their current use
8 9 11 92.11 91.39 90.90% 86.10% 96.68% (West Lothian) to
65.24% (Midlothian) 6
CORP-ASSET2 Proportion of
internal floor area of
operational buildings in
satisfactory condition
9 11 11 95.12 94.49 93.16% 89.71% 97.5% (Clackmannanshire) to
82.78% (Midlothian) 5 
Page 144 of 230

Page 151

Economic Development 
Data is available for twelve of the thirteen indicators.  Two are ranked in the top quarter and two in the bottom quarter. 
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
ECON1 % of unemployed
people assisted into work from
council operated / funded
employability programmes
2 5 11 17.85 40.24 18.47 12.88 35.9 (Inverclyde) to 8 (Angus) 4
ECON2 Cost of Planning &
Building Standards per planning
application
17 11 16 £5,417 £4,106 £5,517 £5,538 £3,738 (Angus) to £7,973
(Inverclyde) 6
ECON3 Average time per
business and industry planning
application (weeks)
15 6 20 9.88 7.96 12.94 12.04 9.34 (Clackmannanshire) to
22.91 (South Lanarkshire) 4
ECON4 % of procurement
spend spent on local
enterprises
25 25 26 19.3 18.87 19.30% 29.6 41.29% (Angus) to 11.9% (East
Renfrewshire) 5
ECON5 No of business gateway
start-ups per 10,000 population 30 20 27 4.91 14.89 11.6 14.3 25.4 (Inverclyde) to 11.6
(Renfrewshire) 8
ECON6 Investment in Economic
Development & Tourism per
1,000 Population
9 9 8 £112,422 £140,676 £125,431
£109,348.5
3 £244,185 (Inverclyde) to
£33,000 (Angus) 2
ECON7 Proportion of people
earning less than the real living
wage
19 19 15 21.6 19.8 12.5 23 9.7% (West Lothian) to 14.5%
(Angus) 3
ECON8 Proportion of properties
receiving superfast broadband 10 8 7 96.5 98 98.60% 95.50% 98.7% (Clackmannanshire) to
88.6% (Angus) 3
ECON9 Town Vacancy Rates 17 26 20 11.75 17.7 18 12 7% (East Renfrewshire) to 23%
(Clackmannanshire) 7
ECON10 Immediately available
employment land as a % of 1 3 12 98.05 98.05 32.7 22.8 67.1% (Inverclyde) to 0.6%
(Clackmannanshire) 2
Page 145 of 230

Page 152

total land allocated for
employment purposes in the
local development plan
ECON12a Claimant Count as %
of Working Age Population 22 20 19 6.3 3.6 3.1 3.2 1.7 (East Renfrewshire) to 3.9
(Inverclyde) 5
ECON12b Claimant Count as %
of 16-24 Population 20 16 20 7.77 3.48 3.6 3.5 1.7 (East Renfrewshire) to 4.8
(Inverclyde) 5 
Financial Sustainability 
Updated data is available for all five indicators.  Three are ranked in the top quarter and none are in the bottom quarter. 
Indicator
Ranked Position Data Scottish
Average Family Group (Min/Max)
Family
Group
Ranking 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23
FINSUS1 Total useable reserves
as a % of council annual
budgeted revenue
4 3 3 43.29 46.23 49.2 24.5 49.2% (Renfrewshire) to 17%
(Inverclyde) 1
FINSUS2 Uncommitted General
Fund Balance as a % of council
annual budgeted net revenue
19 20 19 2.51 2.4 2.2 3.2 3.4% (Inverclyde) to 0.4%
(West Lothian) 3
FINSUS3 Ratio of Financing
Costs to Net Revenue Stream -
General Fund
9 4 7 4.7 3.11 3 5.4 9.6 (Inverclyde) to 0.3
(Midlothian) 2
FINSUS4 Ratio of Financing
Costs to Net Revenue Stream -
Housing Revenue Account
26 25 22 51.4 40.64 32.5 21.38 7.2 (Clackmannanshire) to 36
(Midlothian) 7
FINSUS5 Actual outturn as a
percentage of budgeted
expenditure
15 8 4 98.85 100.02 101.7 98.6 101.7 (Renfrewshire) to 95.8
(Midlothian) 1 
Page 146 of 230

Page 153

Tackling Climate Change 
No 2022/23 data is available yet for these indicators.
Page 147 of 230

Page 154

Page 148 of 230

Page 155

___________________________________________________________________
To: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Risk Report, May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 Each year the Board considers and approves the council’s risks.
1.2 This paper sets out the latest position in managing the council’s risks, on entering
the new financial year. The appendices attached provide details of:
• 1: longer-term or imminent strategic risks
• 2: longer-term significant corporate risks
• 3: service risks
• 4: assurance levels for business-as-usual risks
________________________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1 It is recommended that the Board approves the report.
_________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 The key areas of risk
previously reported to the
Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board in
November 2023 were:
Strategic Risks:
Very High Economy  
Very High Reducing inequalities
High Migration and asylum related impacts
High Global environmental sustainability and
route to Net Zero
High Strategic sustainable planning for people
and assets 
Corporate Risks:
Very High Successful Cyber Attack
Very High Financial sustainability 
High     Asset management
High     Commercial vehicle & operator’s license
High     Financial Stability
High     Delivery of the Dargavel solution
High     Organisational learning from Dargavel
High Workforce planning, recruitment, and
retention 
Moderate RAAC and the school estate
Moderate Programme and project management
Moderate National Care Service -governance and       
financial implications 
Item 8
Page 149 of 230

Page 156

3.2 The strategic and corporate risk profile for the council in terms of its longer-term or
imminent risks was as shown by the matrix below: 
Evaluation: Low Moderate High Very High Total
LT or Imm Strategic Risks: 00 00 03 02 05
LT or Imm Corporate Risks: 00 03 06 02 11 
3.3 Risks are evaluated using the Council’s adopted risk matrix; this involves multiplying
the likelihood of a risk occurring by its potential impact. Risks are then evaluated as
either ‘low’ (green), ‘moderate’ (yellow), ‘high’ (amber) or ‘very high’ (red). 
3.4 It was noted in November that all service departments were revisiting their risk
profiles, especially following the integration of Housing Services into Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure services and that this activity was work in progress, to
ensure good visibility of all risks across services.  This work continues with current
risks captured in Appendix 3. 
3.5 It is worth noting (as set out in a recent key white paper from Zurich Municipal) that
“Since 2020, the risk environment in which public services operate has been among
the most unpredictable and challenging in recent times. Described by some as
being the ‘perfect storm’, the combination of a global pandemic, cost of living crisis,
fuel crisis and funding pressures has resulted in inter-related and concurrent
challenges. Public service organisations, many of whom are over-stretched and
fatigued, are having to manage the demand of competing and sometimes conflicting
priorities, with limited ways of answering the questions being asked of them. Many
leadership teams have remarked that they are constantly operating in ‘crisis mode’,
unable to see a light at the end of the tunnel. There are few signs that the turbulent
risk landscape will change or become easier to navigate.” 
This ‘turbulent’ position is further supported by findings in the recent Global Risk
Report – see figure A extracted below. 
Page 150 of 230

Page 157

It is with this context in mind that the Corporate Management Team has approached
its regular review of the council’s risk profile, and the current risk information is
again presented to Board, setting out the key risks as we enter the 2024-25
financial year. 
3.6 Movement in risk profile since the previous risk report to Board in November 2023: 
• Risks added/ NEW
Strategic  (nothing new to report here)
Corporate
o Administering elections (CRR24.04.16 – page 36)
A UK General Election must be called by December 2024 and so with this in
mind early preparations are underway. Most council service departments are
involved in the administration of electoral events. While administering an
electoral event can result in a significant impact in terms of the council’s
reputation, the overall likelihood associated with the risk is low, given
established governance arrangements, project management approach and
experience of officers involved. The risk is currently assessed as moderate.
Service – Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
o Collection and disposal of waste upholstered domestic seating/ persistent
organic pollutants (EHI 15 – page 39)
New guidance has come into force changing the collection, storage and
disposal of waste containing Persistent Organic Pollutants which must be
separated and sent for incineration.  The impact of this could be both financial
and environmental.
o Collection management/ routing software for waste and recycling service (EHI 16
– page 40)
In looking to improve performance and maximise efficiencies in collection
management, a new waste & recycling management/ routing system is being
procured and there is a risk that during the implementation process the service
to customers may fluctuate and customers not be kept as fully informed as we
would wish.
• Risks remaining, where scoring has 
Strategic  (nothing new to report here)
Corporate  (nothing new to report here)
Service (nothing new to report here) 
• Risks remaining, where scoring has   (other than de-escalated risks) 
Strategic  (nothing new to report here)
Corporate  (nothing new to report here)
Service
o Last in block properties – from HIGH to MEDIUM  (EHI 8 – page 38)
Application has been submitted and has now been approved in principle by
Scottish Government Minister. 
Page 151 of 230

Page 158

• Risks escalated from service/s to strategic or corporate
o Delivering homeless duties (CRR24.04.14 – page 35)
There is a requirement to provide temporary/ settled accommodation for an
increased number of homeless applicants, Ukraine and Afghan resettlement
programmes, and those asylum seekers living in Renfrewshire receiving
positive decisions. It is becoming more difficult to fulfil our statutory duties so 
breaches may occur with an increase in rough-sleeping and reputational harm.
• Risks escalated from 'business as usual’ to strategic or corporate
(Nothing new to report here) 
• Risks removed or de-escalated to service 
Strategic  (nothing new to report here) 
Corporate  (de-escalated back to service)
o Programme and project management
Health checks have provided reassurance regarding our corporate approach
to programme and project management. The ‘moderate’ programme and
project management risk has therefore been de-escalated back to Finance
and Resource Services for monitoring in relation to arrangements for smaller
projects that might sit outside of the programme management unit’s
awareness.
o RAAC and the school estate
All inspections and checks have been completed and works are underway in
Castlehead HS to remediate. The risk is back now with Environment, Housing
& Infrastructure Services. 
Service (risk removed)
o Change to the Antisocial Behaviour etc. (Scotland) Act 2004, Part 7 (S68 1a)
This is now being actioned as “Business as Usual” for Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure Services.
• Horizon Scanning and other points of note
While not necessarily included on risk registers, there are always matters that
the Corporate Management Team will keep a watching brief on. External
sources of rich data include for example the Global Risks Report, – the survey
produced annually by the World Economic Forum in partnership with Marsh
McLennan and Zurich Insurance Group. 
Additionally, there is ongoing consideration internally of other matters that have
been raised with the Corporate Risk Management Group that are kept on the
radar. At this review, some examples included:
o The increasing use of artificial intelligence (AI)
While AI brings significant benefits in many settings, it can also bring
significant risk and challenges. Presently we are seeking to better understand
the risks this may pose to council operations and reputation, and this may
feature on future risk reports.
o Increasing public interest around the process of council decision making
This has been brought to the Corporate Risk Management Group’s attention
recently with a petition for judicial review lodged with the Court of Session in
Page 152 of 230

Page 159

regard to Mirin and Milldale services. The Group will maintain a watching brief
to determine if any lessons flow from the review and new risks emerge.
o Emerging duties and current uncertainty around implications
Current examples in scope include the new equalities duty, consumer duties
and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. 
3.7 With all of 3.6 in mind, the risk strategic and corporate risk profile is therefore now
as follows: 
Evaluation: Low Moderate High Very High Total
LT or Imm Strategic Risks: 00 00 03 02 05
LT or Imm Corporate Risks: 00 02 07 02 11   
Strategic
Moderate risk Very high risk
Economy
Reducing inequalities
High risk
Migration and asylum related impacts
Global environmental sustainability and route
to Net Zero
Strategic sustainable planning for people and
assets
Corporate
Moderate risk
National Care Service -
governance and financial
implications
Administering Elections
Very high risk
Successful Cyber Attack
Financial sustainability
High risk
Asset management - ongoing
Commercial vehicle & operators license
Financial Stability
Delivery of the Dargavel solution
Organisational learning from Dargavel
Workforce planning, recruitment and retention
Delivery of homeless duties
Page 153 of 230

Page 160

3.8 What is reassuring
is that in relation to
the Global Risk
Report – (image
extracted to the
right), we can see
that the top five
material risks set
out there have been
captured within this
risk report – either
as risks or matters
being kept on our
radar. 
3.9  Appendix 1 provides the detail for 05 longer-term or imminent strategic risks.
Appendix 2 provides the detail for 11 longer-term or imminent corporate risks. 
Appendix 3 provides the detail for 15 longer-term or imminent service risks.
Appendix 4 provides the assurance levels (to date) for business-as-usual risks.
3.10 The strategic and corporate risks are aligned with the council plan themes that were
approved in 2022. 
__________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial 
Recurring costs associated with the measures in place for each risk are considered
proportionate to the level of risk, and new planned actions are also considered to be
cost effective. 
The financial requirements to support the risks should be met within the budget of
each relevant risk owner, nevertheless, any unplanned and unbudgeted cost
pressures that arise in relation to any of the risks identified will be subject to review
in consultation with the Director of Finance and Resources. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – not relevant to report recommendations 
3. Community/Council Planning – effective risk management supports the delivery
of all community/ council plan outcomes 
4. Legal – not relevant to report recommendations 
5. Property/Assets – not relevant to report recommendations 
6. Information Technology – not relevant to report recommendations 
7. Equality & Human Rights – not relevant to report recommendations 
8. Health & Safety – not relevant to report recommendations
Page 154 of 230

Page 161

9. Procurement – not relevant to report recommendations 
10. Risk – as per the subject matter of this report 
11. Privacy Impact – not relevant to report recommendations 
12. Cosla Policy Position – not relevant to report recommendations 
13. Climate Risk – not relevant to report recommendations
_________________________________________________________
Author:          Karen Locke, Risk Manager 
05/04/2024 
Email: riskmanager@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 155 of 230

Page 162

7 | P a g e
Appendix 1: Strategic Risks, longer-term or imminent 
• ECONOMY – building an inclusive, green and resilient economy
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
SRR.24.01.01 Economy Even before the COVID-19 crisis, the
Scottish economy was facing several
strategic challenges including climate
change, Brexit and lower than average
productivity. Likewise, Renfrewshire’s
economy was facing challenges such
as: growing the working age
population; more closely aligning the
education and skills provision with the
needs of local employers; and
achieving a strong and inclusive
economy. 
The risk therefore is that significant
economic improvement and upskilling
of local workforce is difficult to
progress until the current landscape
improves and our investment
programmes are completed
Head of
Economy and
Development 
Head of
Finance and
Procurement 
Programme
Director – City
Deal &
Infrastructure
(1) Economic Recovery Plan
(2) Capital investment such as
investment in housing and heritage
assets; supporting Scotland’s 
(3) delete?
(4) investment by identifying and
developing opportunities such as
AMIDS1 and supporting local
businesses seeking to export to new
markets
(5) Taking forward measures to counter
any education learning loss
(6) Developing skills interventions to
address the risks of unemployment,
in particular those in low-paid
employment, and parents.
(7) Support for local businesses to bid
for council contracts
(8) Support for local businesses to
become more carbon neutral
05 05 25
V.High The coronavirus pandemic  resulted in
significant challenges for economies across the
world. The UK and Scottish Governments
invested billions to support businesses through
lockdowns and furlough in order to keep
businesses viable and retain people in
employment.   Subsequently, the cost-of-living
crisis and supply chain issues have meant that
economic conditions remain challenging. 
Renfrewshire’s economy has well established
strengths in transport (including Glasgow
Airport), retail (including Braehead),
manufacturing (including significant
international exports) and construction and
major initiatives such as AMIDs are key to future
growth.  There is a risk that failure to support
economic growth will have a negative impact on
residents, businesses, and public services.
Action Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Date Status
CESIP22.01.02 Maximise funding for
regeneration of Renfrewshire’s
places through grant
submissions to external sources
including UK and Scottish
Governments. 
The Regeneration and Place Team have successfully been able to secure and receive funding
through various external sources.  Between 21/22 and 25/26 we have been allocated £4.4m from
the Place Based Investment Fund for capital regeneration projects. Between 22/23 and 24/25 we
have received £1.5m in funding for capital and revenue regeneration spend from the Shared
Prosperity fund.   We have consistently been successful in RCGF funding applications.  Most recent
successful application received £800k in funding for the PACE theatre project.  Four applications
have been submitted this year for the 24/25 allocation.  We have now been invited to Stage 2 for
two of these applications.  Stage 2 applications will be submitted in November, with decisions
expected in the new year. 
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Mar-
2026 
1 Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District
Page 156 of 230

Page 163

8 | P a g e
An application was also submitted this year to the Scottish Governments Vacant and Derelict Land
Investment Programme (VDLIP).  Again have been successful in progressing to Stage 2, with a
further application to be submitted in November. 
Funding worth £85k has been secured from SEPA to investigate the potential deculverting and
environmental enhancement of the Candren Burn in Ferguslie.  We have recently secured £35k
funding from Visit Scotland to develop a strategic Tourism Infrastructure Development Plan for
Clyde Muirshiel Regional Park.  Will be looking to make further applications to the Rural Tourism
Infrastructure fund in the near future.   The Regeneration team will continue to explore external
funding opportunities to help deliver our place shaping agenda
CESDP21 - 01 -
27
Monitor benefits of City Deal
Projects, including AMIDS, Clyde
Waterfront and Renfrew
Riverside and City Region wide
employment programmes.
Clyde Waterfront & Renfrew Riverside:  All required community benefits have been delivered to
date, with the rest remaining on track during the project lifespan. Project is advancing with the
completion of a new culvert and foundations of bridge structure in place. Fabrication of bridge
components is progressing with these due to arrive on site in early 2024.
Glasgow Airport Investment Area project is now complete which is enabling the development of
AMIDS
Programme
Director - City
Deal and
Infrastructure
31-Mar-
2025 
CESDP21 - 01 -
13
The transformation of Paisley
on the back of the Action Plan is
advancing at pace. Goals such
as creating an international
culture and heritage destination
and acting as a stimulus for
property investment,
development and re-use has
already been realised. 
There are a number of significant regeneration projects currently under construction nearing
completion including the restoration of the Museum, Town Hall and Arts Centre and the creation
of a new Culture and Learning Hub in the High Street.
The publication of the Paisley Vision document will also act as a further catalyst to inspire future
development in and around the town centre. The Liberal Club, which was identified as a key
building in the Vision, is currently under restoration, securing its long-term status.
The Regeneration Team will be looking to refresh our town centre strategies to reflect changes
that have taken place in a post pandemic environment.  These Strategies will align with the
guidance and principles outlined in NPF4.  We await the publication of applicable supplementary
guidance.  In the meantime, work has been ongoing in respect of outlining potential regeneration
priorities and projects.  This includes commissioning visioning work in Johnstone, a review of
potential projects in Erskine and the submission last year of a bid to the Levelling Up Fund in
respect of a project in Renfrew.  The team will continue to bring forward regeneration proposals
across our town centres.  This action carries forward into the new Service Improvement Plan but
has been widened in scope.
Chief
Economic and
Regeneration
Manager
31-Mar-
2026 
CESIP23 - 01 -
02
Work with the development
partner and stakeholders to
maximise the potential of
AMIDS for Renfrewshire
Development partner (Buccleuch) now in place with contracts being signed. Work has already
commenced to secure new leads to AMIDS with phase 1 which will deliver the next building on
site, beginning the design process.
Programme
Director, City
Deal and
Infrastructure
31-Mar-
26 
CP.22.02.01 Develop an Investment
Proposition for Renfrewshire
Two reports have been commissioned to analyse Renfrewshire’s Growth Sectors.  The first
highlighted that there are several opportunities which Renfrewshire needs to capitalise on to
support the growth of its economy further.  The second report aims to reconcile existing priorities,
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Mar-
25 
Page 157 of 230

Page 164

9 | P a g e
that is clear on our economic
ambitions for place 
team capacity and skills engaged in the economic development and regeneration functions of the
Chief Executive’s Department, with the future opportunities and challenges outlined in the first
report and the Council’s Economic Strategy.  This report highlights that there is a requirement to
grow and increase visibility of Renfrewshire’s inward investment proposition to drive future
economic growth and development.  The development of a web site which signposts the area’s
investment portfolio is recommended.  Officers are now looking to progress this action in
conjunction with the Marketing/Communications team .
CP.22.02.07 Develop a Community Wealth
Building Plan for Renfrewshire 
Community Wealth Building [CWB] is at the heart of the council’s approach to inclusive economic
growth and aims to support a wellbeing economy in Renfrewshire. A new Community Wealth
Building Act is expected next year and a council framework/plan is currently being prepared. Key
actions to report are:  i)Ensuring the Council CWB plan is aligned to a regional approach with
Glasgow City Region; ii)  Reporting quarterly to the Scottish Governments Community Wealth
Building Policy Manager and liaising directly with colleagues in the SG CWB policy team;
iii)Contributing to Economic Development Association Scotland (EDAS) and Centre for Local
Economic Strategies [CLES] workshops.
As part of a Scottish Government pilot, Renfrewshire Council (Economic Development and
Procurement) were one of four local authorities to participate in a CWB project delivered by
Scotland Excel. The project involved data analysis of local spend, practice sharing workshops and a
Spotlight on Community Wealth Building from the Scottish Government’s Heads of Procurement.
Economic Development are working on a draft paper which will provide an overview of CWB
practice within the Council and will outline the Council’s key objectives and levers to maximise the
impact of CWB at a local level. In order to ensure the paper is aligned to national policy, the draft
paper will be revised to reflect the proposed new CWB Bill due to be put forward during the
current parliamentary term. [Due date pushed out – awaiting Bill]
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Mar-
25 
CESDP21 - 01 -
03
Support and grow supply chain
management and knowledge
exchange among manufacturing
SMEs to supply Scottish / UK
businesses and global supply
chain 
A key aim of the recent Growth Sectors report is for the Council to identify opportunities for local
supply chain growth and development.  For the past 18 months the Economic Development and
Procurement teams in the council have been developing and delivering a wide range of new
supports to local businesses to encourage them to bid for public sector contracts. This builds on
existing work with the Supplier Development Programme and Business Gateway support. The
main driver of this is work around the Community Wealth Building agenda and the aim of
increasing and sustaining local economic growth and also increasing council, and other public
sector spend, in the local area. Further opportunities for local growth and development are also
being explored. [Due date pushed out – awaiting Bill]
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Mar-
2025 
Page 158 of 230

Page 165

10 | P a g e
• PLACE - working together to enhance wellbeing across communities
• FAIR - nurturing bright, happy and healthy futures for all 
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
SRR.24.02.02 
Reducing inequalities in Renfrewshire
If we don’t have a
coordinated approach
to tackling inequalities
across Renfrewshire
(including for example,
the causes and
consequences of
poverty), this could
jeopardise the effort in
reducing both the
short-term impacts on
households but also
have wider long-term
consequences on
attainment and health
for people living on low
incomes. 
Head of
Policy &
Partnerships
(1) Fairer Renfrewshire Programme
(2) Attainment Challenge and Pupil
Equity Funding
(3) Strong partnership working (e.g.
Community Planning Partnership
(CPP). Advice Partnership,
Empowering Communities
Forum, Improving Life Chances,
CPP Board
(4) Community Plan identifies ‘Fair’
priorities with associated actions
relating to cost of living crisis,
addressing the impact of alcohol
and drugs, and a just transition to
Net Zero. Social Renewal Plan
has been developed through a
programme of analysis,
research, and engagement. 
05 05 25
V.High
The Council plays a key role in tackling inequalities and providing the
best possible services to our communities, particularly those who are
experiencing the poorest outcomes. As well as our focus on health
and wellbeing, we are also committed to support vulnerable
individuals, groups or communities through early intervention and
prevention, responding to poverty, supporting routes to employment
as well as dealing with welfare reforms. The pandemic is thought to
have exacerbated existing inequalities in terms of for example
educational attainment, health, poverty and mental health. There is a
significant focus on ensuring that people receive the economic and
wellbeing support that is needed, with a real opportunity to work in a
different way, and to tackle some of the existing inequalities across
communities as we do this. The current cost of living crisis impacts
disproportionately on particular groups in society.  In the short term,
significant focus is on supporting food insecurity and supporting
people on low incomes to maximise income and seek advice with
income and debt management.
Action Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Date Status
CESIP22.03.01 Develop the new Fairer Renfrewshire programme.
The Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-Committee has been
meeting since August 22 and a Fairer Renfrewshire
Officers Group made up of officers from across
services is meeting monthly. Work with partners to
develop the Fairer Renfrewshire Programme is
ongoing. There are four key emerging themes which
are shared across all elements of the programme,
and these are:
•Improving financial security 
•Advancing equality of opportunity 
•Building community capacity and resilience
•Listening to lived experience 
Funding has been allocated from the Fairer Renfrewshire budget to a
number of projects to support residents with immediate Cost of Living
increases. These include supports around food, fuel and advice. Work is also
ongoing around digital access and supporting residents to get online through
the Citizen Voice group, with a new post of Digital Champion in libraries has
been recruited. Our Winter Connections programme was set up to support
residents over the Winter 22/23 and 23/24 period, and has provided grants
to a number of organisations to run activities.  The development of a panel of
people with lived experience of poverty to inform the Council’s policy and
practice is ongoing. A diverse panel has been recruited and meet regularly. In
addition, officers are undertaking a ‘deep dive’ child poverty data exercise, to
support the Local Child Poverty Action Plan as well as the wider Fairer
Renfrewshire programme.
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager
31-Mar-
2025 
Page 159 of 230

Page 166

11 | P a g e
CESIP22.03.02 Develop the Trauma Informed and Responsive
Renfrewshire Programme
Trauma Road map approved by Leadership Board in February 2024 and will
now be progressed and implemented on a partnership basis.
Head of Policy
& Partnerships
31-Mar-
2024 
CESIP22.03.03 Deliver the Stigma/Language Matters project. I am Me were commissioned to develop a suite of Stigma/Language
resources in partnership with local people with lived experienced and wider
stakeholders. Work is now underway to develop a campaign to launch these
resources over Summer 2024
[Due date amended to 30/09/2024]
Head of Policy
& Partnerships
30-Sep
2024 
CESIP22.03.09 Carry out an evaluation of the Tackling Poverty
programme and develop a transition plan for
mainstreaming this work.
Work has been underway with services to review projects and to transition
to Fairer Renfrewshire funding arrangements, 24/25 funding proposals to be
presented to Leadership Board on 1 May 2024.
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager
30-Sep-
2023 
CP.22.01.09 Develop new options for services and partners to
work together more closely across localities to
provide advice and support to local people and
develop community capacity.
We are progressing new connected communities approach - considering how
we develop our ‘front door’ services for people accessing advice and
support; exploring family advice services; and developing options for locality
working.
Head of Policy
& Partnerships
31 Dec
25 
CESIP23 - 01 -
01
Deliver a participatory budgeting framework for the
Council
This year £1.2M was allocated by Environment, Housing  & Infrastructure
through their #Youdecide programme. The project delivery is well underway,
and an evaluation report is being finalised. The updated CONSUL site for
Renfrewshire is now ready to be put into use. Arrangements are being put in
place for the Data Analytics teams to manage the site in the interim while a
permanent host is agreed. A range of services have undertaken training in
CONSUL to enable potential future PB projects to take place within their
services. The planning of the £25k PB project for Johnstone Christmas event
is ongoing with a steering group including residents being formed and the
group are currently planning the initial engagement work.  
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager 
31-Mar-
24 
CP.22.03.08 Take forward the recommendations of the Alcohol and
Drugs Commission
Programme continues to be implemented with 12 projects receiving funding
to date. Work is now ongoing on a project evaluation with an external
partner commissioned to support this work over Summer 2024
Head of Policy
& Partnerships 
31-Mar-
25 
CP.22.03.02 Work with partners to support Renfrewshire residents
through the cost-of-living crisis 
Fairer Renfrewshire continues to deliver range of supports with partners to
respond to the cost of living crisis.  This includes Summer Holiday Funding,
Winter School Clothing grants, schools advice etc.
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager
31-Dec-
23 
CESIP22.03.07 Develop mechanisms for supporting individuals with
lived experience of poverty to influence policy in this
area 
Fairer Renfrewshire Lived Experience was established over the past 18 months,
supported by the Poverty Alliance and Star project.  The Panel has a regular
programme of meetings and has engaged with services, partners and elected
members on issues identified.  Officers will continue to work with Panel and
ensure there is a strong link to the wider Fairer Renfrewshire programme.
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager 
31-Mar-
24 
Page 160 of 230

Page 167

12 | P a g e
CESIP23.03.02 Develop the Fair Food Renfrewshire strategy. A new Strategy Group was formed in 2023 which is chaired by the Head of Policy
and Partnerships.  Work is underway to map current provision and wider
opportunities which would be prioritised through a strategy
[Date amended 31/3/24 to 31/12/24]
Strategic
Partnerships &
Inequalities
Manager
31-Dec-
24 
CESIP23.03.01 Deliver targeted programmes of community-based
adult literacy and numeracy, ESOL, digital, personal and
social development, and family learning activities in
response to identified need and as set out in
Renfrewshire’s CLD Strategy 2021-24 (CF) 
61 courses and activities delivered across Renfrewshire between Jan-March 24,
with the following delivered weekly:
• 12 numeracy courses for adult learners and families with Fun With Numbers
and Talk, Learn & Do delivered in 2 primary and 6 early years campuses.
• 10 New Scots groups working on their languages skills and integration into the
community though Beginners ESOL classes and conversation sessions, including
a new Craft, Culture and Conversation group established for older Ukrainian
refugees in Gallowhill.
• 7 adult literacies sessions for people needing help with reading, writing,
spelling or numbers both in-person and online.
• 18 groups for learners wanting to build confidence, skills and self esteem with a
range of activities including  crafting, sewing, singing, gardening and growing
and lively discussion-based sessions including an evening tabletop gaming
sessions for autistic adults from the Lived Experience group.
• 10 digital learning groups including Get Safe Online, Digital Beginners and
Digital Life Skills supporting people access technology.
• 4family Play and Learn events were held in February on school in-service days
for parents and younger children to have fun together with games and creative
activities in Southend Action Centre, Bargarran CLD Centre and Glenburn
Learning Centre.  
Community
Development
Manager
31-Mar-
26 
CESIP23.03.03 Continue to deliver new approaches to Building
Communities and identify further new opportunities for
locality area-based support which builds community
capacity. 
“Take the Lead” was launched in May 2023 to promote responsible dog walking
behaviours, primarily to reduce instances of dog fouling within communities. 
Dog owners who sign the Pledge agree to adhere to good practices such as
picking up after their dog.  Signatories receive a free lead, mobile dog fouling
dispenser, (bags included) and bandana promoting the Campaign.  The Green
Spaces, Play Parks and Villages Investment Fund has supported 104 community
projects since its launch in 2018.  In 2023, 16 projects have been supported
including gala days, community gardening projects and community murals. 
Feedback from communities demonstrates the Team’s support is appreciated
and the funds bring neighbourhoods together, as well as deliver physical
improvements.
Community
Development
Manager
31-Mar-
26 
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
Page 161 of 230

Page 168

13 | P a g e
SRR.24.02.03
Migration and asylum related service
pressures
The pace at which asylum dispersal
and refugee resettlement has taken
place in Renfrewshire since 2022 has
been significant, and beyond
anything previously experienced. 
Partnership governance structures
have been established to enable
partners to share information and to
identify and respond to issues as
these emerge.  In the short term,
these are anticipated to be in relation
to potential pressure on local
education, health and social care
services.  There are significant
pressure on, homelessness and
housing services, given the tightness
of the current housing market locally
and on children’s social work due to
availability of foster care and
residential provision.
Head of Child
Care & Criminal
Justice  
Head of Policy
and Partnerships 
Head of Housing
Services
(1) The Migration and Resettlement
Strategic Group meets regularly to review
and discuss developments across all
migration and resettlement programmes.
This group is comprised of senior officers
from across appropriate council services.
(2) Asylum Dispersal meetings are held once
every two weeks with senior council
officers and representatives from the UK
Government Home Office and their agent
Mears.
(3) Liaison Meetings with Migrant Help are
held approximately once every six weeks
with senior council officers and other
partner organisations such as Police
Scotland and HSCP. 
(4) The Renfrewshire Community Protection
Chief Officer Group receives regular
updates on migration and asylum issues
and any emerging issues.
(5) The Renfrewshire Community Protection
Member Officer Group receives regular
updates on migration and asylum issues
and any emerging issues.
(6) Updates are provided, as required, to the
Leadership Board of the council.
04 04 16
High
Migration/ Ukraine/ Asylum programmes - this
is an area which is developing and could be a
potential major issue moving forward.
The impact of the conflict in Ukraine is
reflected within the Financial Sustainability
Risk, but only in relation to pricing volatility
and global supply issues. 
The risk here is wider ranging and includes: 
- Ukrainian Displaced Persons
- Home Office Asylum dispersal programme
– use of hotel accommodation in
Renfrewshire 
- – increase in volume and speed of decision
making
- Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children –
new requirement from UK Government for
Renfrewshire to provide for children and
young people under the National Transfer
Scheme 
- Syrian/ Afghan resettlement programme
- Support to ensure effective resettlement
to New Scots
Action Codes Actions Assigned To Date Status  
Ongoing Monitoring     
• GREEN – leading Renfrewshire to Net Zero
Page 162 of 230

Page 169

14 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
SRR.24.03.04
Global environmental sustainability and route to Net
Zero
(Renamed from Climate, Sustainability risk)
A key risk to the Council is that it may not
achieve its target to become net zero by
2030 in both its own operational
emissions and Renfrewshire’s area-wide
emissions.  Decarbonising our domestic
and non-domestic properties and fleet
alone will require significant capital
investment.  In terms of reducing
Renfrewshire’s area-wide emissions
there are challenges around influencing
behavioural changes, and a risk that
others do not contribute towards the
2030 target.
The climate emergency also brings a risk
to the Council in terms of increased
frequency of severe weather events may
lead to more instances of damage to
Council infrastructure and property,
interruptions to service delivery and
increased demands on services, often
with little notice. There is risk to life,
transport disruption and pollution to the
local environment, as well as impact
adversely on the local economy if
businesses are unable to operate. The
Council has a requirement to provide
immediate response and manage the
adverse effects of more frequent and
severe weather emergency situations,
including support to local communities
and businesses. 
Head of Climate,
Public
Protection and
Roads 
(1) Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net
Zero has specific objectives
to reduce emissions, and
these are included in other
key documents such as the
Council Plan
(2) Governance through the
Planning & Climate Change
Policy Board
(3) Development of Costed
Delivery Plans and a Climate
Delivery Action Plan.
(4) Sustainable Communities
Fund – to support local
people to develop
sustainable projects that will
promote or improve
community collaboration,
health and wellbeing, local
spaces, economic
development, biodiversity
and the environment.
(5) Use of an emissions
modelling tool to quantify
the impact of actions, inform
future targets and present
emissions data.
(6) A Project and Carbon
Footprint Register
04 04 16
High
Climate change is expected to continue and worsen in the
future if no action is taken, with increases to mean global
temperatures, sea level rises and the increasing frequency
and severity of weather events such as floods, heatwaves,
droughts and storms. More frequent and intense heavy
rainfall events increase the risk of soil erosion and flooding.
Severe weather is already affecting public services across
Scotland, with operational, reputational, financial and legal
consequences. There is also an ongoing impact of severe
winter weather including snowfall and freezing
temperatures which impact service delivery and the
integrity of our roads open space and buildings
infrastructure. This shift in weather patterns caused by
climate change is also affecting biodiversity across Scotland.  
Renfrewshire Council declared a Climate Emergency in 2019
and approved the target to work towards being net zero,
for both Council estate emissions and area – wide emissions
by 2030.  In 2022 the Council approved RenZero, the first
stage of Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero.  This Plan sets out
the strategic framework required to work towards our
climate change targets.  The Planning and Climate Change
Policy Board oversee this work.  Actions include: leading by
example by decarbonising our estate and fleet, publishing
our Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Delivery
Plan, maximising the carbon absorption potential of our
natural environment and supporting communities to
become more resilient to the impact of extreme weather
events.
Action Codes New Actions Assigned To Date Status
SRR.24.03.04a Continue to report transparently on our emissions to ensure that Renfrewshire’s emissions baseline is clearly
understood.
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
Page 163 of 230

Page 170

15 | P a g e
SRR.24.03.04b  Develop the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy Delivery Plan. Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04c  Identify opportunities for Partnership Delivery Models for clean energy projects such as solar and battery
storage
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04d  Prioritise actions in relation to the biggest emissions sources, where we have the most influence, through
project pathfinder approaches for decarbonisation of domestic and non-domestic properties and vehicles to
bring scale and pace to emissions reduction.  
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04e  Continue to work with stakeholders to articulate the potential costs and skills required to reach our net zero
target.
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04f  Continue to develop our adaptation measures, as we are aware that mitigation alone will not protect
communities from the impact of climate change.
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04g  Develop a Zero Waste Strategy to minimise waste generation and encourage reuse and recycling to support a
more sustainable and circular economy.
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04h  Explore opportunities for expansion of carbon sinks and other carbon capture technologies.  Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04i  Explore the options around developing a carbon budget for the Council. Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
SRR.24.03.04j  Continue to work with communities to ensure a holistic approach to tacking climate change is taken and to
ensure no community is left behind.
Head of Climate, Public
Protection and Roads
31-Mar-
25 
Forward action linked to Net Zero plan: Climate change action to make Renfrewshire net zero - Renfrewshire Website 
Page 164 of 230

Page 171

16 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
SRR.24.03.05
Strategic sustainable planning for people and assets
There is a risk that
decisions could be
made in the short
term, for example to
address financial
pressures, which may
then impact
adversely on
sustainability goals
for the longer term
impacting on our
communities and
organisation.
CMT (1) Learning Estate Programme Board established
(2) Implementation of the Corporate Asset Management
Strategy ensures that property assets are managed
effectively and efficiently through the provision of
relevant management and performance information 
(3) The Energy Management Team: ensure energy
management initiatives are aligned to the capital
investment programme and corporate asset strategy to
optimise use of property estate and reduce overall
running costs and energy consumption levels. Promote
reductions in energy usage and advise employees and
residents about energy efficiency 
(4) Through the Procurement Unit, sustainability and
community benefits are considered in the development
of all contract strategies
04 04 16
High
- Deliver sustainable person-centred public services
(the Verity Agreement) and an engaged sustainable
workforce
- Ensure infrastructure future-proofing, with
investment in solar and wind farms, electric charging
networks and public transport, showing that taking
the right risks right now, can transform communities
- For capital projects, ensure new assets are fit for
purpose for the future and have sustainable
maintenance and repairs strategies
- Strategic decision making regarding the estate,
including the condition and sufficiency of the learning
estate
Action Codes Linked Actions Latest Note Assigned Date Status
It is recognised that Dargavel Village has a significant amount of housing development yet to be delivered (circa 2000 housing units over a 10-year
period) and therefore many of the associated risks that existed at the beginning of the development continue to exist today albeit there is live data to
inform future projections from the first circa 2,300 units that have been delivered. 
The Council therefore continues to face risk and uncertainty in relation to accurately projecting the scale and timing of future education demand which
will continue to have inherent uncertainty and risk. In recognition of this the Council will continue to progress the following actions to manage and
mitigate this risk:     
SRR.23.03.05a  Securing robust long term demand projections which provide both a core projection, potential
upper scenario and a long-term view of the potential scale and timing of short-term peak demand
to inform decisions on capacity provision.
Further updates will be completed
in this respect for updated
datasets available from November
registration data and recently
released NRS Census data
Director of
Children’s
Services
30-Sep-
2023 
SRR.23.03.05a  Identify now a range of flexible options that are and will remain available to in future years to
deliver, if required additional capacity (both temporary capacity and permanent long-term
capacity) to ensure the Council can be reassured of being able to respond appropriately to the
potential for upper end demand scenarios and or temporary demand peaks to emerge. 
Based on data and a range of
scenarios, flexible additional
capacity options have been
outlined and shared with relevant
boards.
Director of
Children’s
Services
31-Jan-
2024 
SRR.23.03.05a  Establish process and arrangements to support and provide detailed monitoring and updates to
projections for updates to actual data sets to facilitate a continual re-assessment of longer-term
trend and likely requirements/ decision point required in relation to deployment of potential
additional interventions.
Director of
Children’s
Services
31-Jan-
2024 
Page 165 of 230

Page 172

17 | P a g e
Appendix 2: Corporate Risks, longer-term or imminent 
• LIVING our VALUES – making a difference together
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.06
Financial Sustainability
If significant cost
pressures are not
successfully
planned for and
managed
effectively over
the medium to
longer term, this
could jeopardise
the financial
sustainability of
the council and
result in a
significant impact
on availability and
quality of front-
line services and
capital
investment
resources.
Decisions will
then be required
on the continuity
or scope of some
services currently
offered.
Director of
Finance and
Resources;
and
Head of
Finance and
Procurement
(1) Revised medium- to long-term Financial Outlook reassessed the
various risks to the Council’s short, medium- and longer-term
financial sustainability. Refreshed report to Council on 14 December
2023 outlined the immediate financial concerns and plans to address
these, including R4R savings (see 3 below), financial sustainability
workstreams, and managed use of reserve balances; however, as the
position continues to develop and evolve, close monitoring will be
required to ensure that the Council manages costs in the short term
and fully appreciates the longer term consequences of actions taken
to address short-term risks.  Committee reports of this nature cover a
wide range of current and future financial and economic factors e.g.,
Strategic Economic and National Policy Context, Cost Pressures,
Pressures on Income and Mitigation Strategies to deal with such
uncertainties.
(2) A well-developed and embedded budget planning, budget setting and
budgetary control system is in place throughout the organisation, and
this informs members and officers regarding financial performance
and stability. This facilitates robust and transparent decision making
and incorporates an escalation process with regards budget
management issues which may arise. The Council agreed the 2024/25
budget on 29 February 2024.
(3) In conjunction with the medium to longer term financial outlook and
the Council’s continued “Right for Renfrewshire (R4R) Programme”,
Renfrewshire Council has been proactive in planning for the future by
identifying and agreeing a planned release of resources. It remains
the case that savings will continue to require be generated at scale in
order to ensure the ongoing financial sustainability of the Council.
(4) The Council approved a number of Financial Sustainability
Workstreams in June 2022. These are led by Directors and continue
to progress recurring revenue savings.
(5) There is close financial monitoring of the agreed savings to ensure
that they are delivered within the agreed timescales, or where this is
not possible, to understand and reschedule planned delivery to
05 05 25
V.High
Financial recovery from global events 
- Anticipated reduced income from
NDR/CT over the medium term as
full economic implications of the
pandemic and cost-of-living crisis hit
local businesses and communities
- Pricing volatility and global supply
issues leading to shortage of labour
and materials following Brexit and
the outbreak of the Ukraine war
Best value report
- Recommendation in Best Value
report to prioritise how services
need to be provided in future to be
funded from within available
resources.
Cost and Income pressures
- Future grant settlements and the
level of funding available.
- Implications of national economic
policy choices to protect certain
services from real-terms reductions
in funding such as the Police and
NHS
- Future Local Government pay
settlements, and non-payroll
inflation
- Demographics and demand
pressures, such as an ageing
population with increased
associated service demands, and
Page 166 of 230

Page 173

18 | P a g e
increases in demand for children’s
social care
- Implications of welfare policies and
poverty levels, exacerbated by cost-
of-living crisis.
- Reductions in income from fee-
generating services such as car
parking; implications of the national
economic recovery and associated
risks/uncertainty in economic
factors e.g., interest rates and
inflation.
- Implications of third party provider
financial stability, such as childcare
providers in current economic
climate
- Liability for predecessor
organisations, in light of the
removal of the limitation period for
historic child abuse claims
achieve the associated objectives. Monitoring is undertaken via a
combination of financial and operational measures, actions and
related update reports.
(6) Regular updates and bespoke reports are provided to CMT and the
Council with regards the national fiscal position, likely developments
and the impact on the council through close liaison with national
groups e.g., CIPFA DoFs, COSLA and the Scottish Government. This
liaison remains critical in ensuring the Council is aware of potential
financial developments and is in a position to influence these.
(7) Managing the level and use of reserves has been a key tool in
addressing the costs of the pandemic, therefore the planned use of
reserves in the medium term, and the Council’s Capital Investment
and Treasury Management Strategy, are key to ensuring ongoing
financial sustainability.
(8) Reports and publications from Audit Scotland in relation to the Local
Government financial outlook, financial planning and related
developments and improvements are supplemented with a
Renfrewshire context report, with both reports being submitted to
the Council's Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board. 
(9) Energy consumption data and condition surveys are used to identify 
priority areas for investment in the Council’s estate,  support
informed investment decisions and formulate the Council’s Capital
and Revenue budgets.
Action Codes Linked Actions Latest Note Assigned To Due Status
CRR22.05.05a  Strategic Property Review and new ways of working
/ Review of local policy positions
Work on all of the financial
sustainability workstreams is being
progressed with updates regularly
to Council. Agreed budget changes
will then be incorporated into the
General Fund base budget in future
years to capture the recurring
savings. 
[Some due dates extended from
original to 2025 as certain
workstream targets were phased
across financial years]
Director of Environment, Housing and
Infrastructure
31-Mar-
2025 
CRR22.05.05b  Charging, fees and commercialisation / review of
Council risk
Director of Finance and Resources 31-Mar-
2025 
CRR22.05.05c  Strategic review of procurement  Head of Finance and Procurement 31-Mar-
2023 
CRR22.05.05d  Connected Communities Chief Executive (Head of Policy and Partnerships) 31-Mar-
2025 
CRR22.05.05e  Digital Strategy Director of Finance and Resources 31-Mar-
2025 
CRR22.05.05f  Council Tax and Tax Policy Director of Finance and Resources 31-Mar-
2023 
Page 167 of 230

Page 174

19 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.07
Successful Cyber Attack
Regardless of the Council’s
technical preparedness for a cyber
attack, the threat remains acute
and present, as evidenced by
successful attacks on partner
bodies, with the risk of significant
impact on council operations. 
CMT For security
reasons, technical
security controls
are not published in
the public domain. 
04 05 20
V.High
Context: 
The risk has been updated from cyber attack to risk of a successful cyber
attack as more and more this risk comes closer to home, despite the
sophisticated technical security protocols and cyber architecture in
place, and for those organisations who have been impacted by
successful attacks, we see that the effects are devastating.
No matter what technology is deployed, the risk is materially impacted
by individual employee behaviours – i.e. learning how to recognise a
cyber attack and keeping that knowledge up to date by reading cyber
updates and doing mandatory cyber training, being alert to phishing
attacks and understanding the need for rapid escalation should an error
inadvertently be made and criticality of urgently reporting when they
have reacted to a phishing email and explaining all actions taken.
Action Codes Linked Actions Latest Note Assigned Due Date Status
As agreed by the Corporate Management Team   
Page 168 of 230

Page 175

20 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.08
Financial Stability
If significant short-term
costs and income losses
are not closely
monitored and
understood, this could
destabilise the finances
of the Council to an
extent beyond the
financial resilience of
the Council, resulting in
a need for immediate
cost control measures,
or short-term savings
which have an
immediate impact on
service delivery.
Head of
Finance and
Procurement
(1) Revenue budget monitoring reports to Policy Boards focus on the forecast year-
end outturn position rather than the historic periodic position, so that significant
variances are reported early, and any mitigating steps can be taken. This is
already highlighting severe price pressures (such as contractual inflation) across
different services. The impact of pay inflation is also highlighted through this
reporting mechanism.
(2) Review of all Right for Renfrewshire programmes has been undertaken in order
to recalculate potential cost savings in-year and to reprofile agreed savings, the
delivery of which was interrupted by the pandemic.
(3) Review of Financial Sustainability workstreams following approval of the 2024/25
Revenue Budget to ensure targets remain achievable.
(4) Clear analysis of the Council’s reserves position and potential for reprioritisation
or redirection; including the development of plans to rebuild financial resilience
of the Council in the medium term.
(5) Ongoing discussion with directors to understand the financial consequences of
the current economic climate for each service and how these will be managed. 
(6) Review of capital plan and ongoing projects to ensure clear understanding of
phasing of potential spend.
03 05 15
High
Context: 
Imminent shorter-
term risk for
financial stability,
recognising the
immediate
financial situation
of the Council
(note: the
medium to
longer-term
financial position
is captured under
financial
‘sustainability’)
Action Codes Linked Actions Latest Note Assigned Due Date Status
Ongoing monitoring 
Page 169 of 230

Page 176

21 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.09
Commercial vehicle
and operator licence
compliance 
Renfrewshire
Council requires its
fleet of vehicles to
be effectively
managed,
otherwise there
could be sustained
impact in several
areas including
community care,
housing
maintenance and
repairs,  
Neighbourhood
Services and waste
collection. 
Head of
Operations and 
Service
Development
Governance
(1) Compliance and Business Lead Officer in post monitoring compliance
performance and performing vehicle spot audits to make sure compliance
is adhered too.   
(2) Vehicles serviced and maintained within the DVSA roadworthiness
guidelines. Tachograph analysis system ensuring monitoring and
compliance of driving staff. 
(3) Operator Licencing Awareness Training (OLAT) conducted for all
operational service managers
(4) Vehicle Tracking system monitoring vehicle performance and vehicle
utilisation for all services. Driver CPC training to enhance driving
knowledge for all HGV fleet drivers.  
(5) Driver Certificate of Professional Competence (CPC) and driving hours of
HGV employees monitored daily on the Vision system and reported to
operational departments.
(6) Quarterly attendance at Logistics UK (formerly FTA) and APSE Transport
boards
(7) HAVS (Hand-Arm Vibration Syndrome) working group set up with
operational departments to introduce new working practices and monitor
risk.
(8) Fleet Services have introduced specific Fleet risk assessments that will be
shared with operational departments.
Operational
(9) Reduction in average age of Council Fleet
(10) Workshop equipment and tooling improvements
(11) Vehicle User group created with all fleet users to improve operational
performance.
(12) New Requirement for Fleet Management system – Fit for purpose
conducted with IT. (Digital working requirement to improve service for
operational departments.)
(13) New fleet management system in progress of being procured as upgrade
has been approved
03 05 15 
High
Context:  
The council’s vehicle
fleet, managed by
Environment,
Housing &
Infrastructure
Services, comprises
around 500 vehicles
including heavy and
large goods vehicles,
light vans and
cars.  The council
implements a range
of measures to
ensure ongoing
vehicle operator
licence compliance. 
Action Codes Linked Actions  Latest Note Assigned To Due Status
CRR24.04.09a  Updating the fleet management
system, to create a digital working
environment within Fleet
Operations for all service users.
A supplier has recently been appointed to provide a new Fleet
Management System.  A project timeline and milestones,
which will include work around data transfer and employee
training in the new system, will be finalised shortly.
Head of Operations and
Service Development
30-Apr-
2025 
Page 170 of 230

Page 177

22 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.10
Asset Management - Ongoing
Effective
governance and
management of the
council’s property
assets is essential,
otherwise there is a
significant risk of
harm, financial loss,
service disruption,
non-compliances,
fines, rising energy
costs and inability
to recover losses via
insurance proceeds
Director of
Environment,
Housing & Infra-
structure. 
Head of
Economy &
Development
Services
Corporately:
Key responsibilities with regards
to the Estate span 2 specific
service departments, but they
come together through a CAMIS
Development Group (Corporate
Asset Management Information
System) which is taking forward
a workplan to more effectively
consolidate and oversee asset
management risk 
Heads of Service:
Effective asset management in
practice on the frontline is
included within the new Risk
Assurance model which went
live on 1 April 2023.
03 05 15
High
Context:
GOVERNANCE – roles and responsibilities
- Estates (Leases – by and from the council, and on behalf of
HSCP)
- Facilities management (security, housekeeping, statutory
duties/ inspection, maintenance, repair, building fire risk
assessment)
- Property services (capital works, and CAMIS development)
- All services (inspection inventories and response, people
elements of fire risk assessment)
OTHER MATTERS IN SCOPE
- Fluorescent Lights – requiring LED replacement.  We continue
to work through this and spot replacements will be on a like
for like basis, however, larger complete renewal is being
considered for Renfrewshire House.
- Action in relation to Unwanted Fire Alarm Signalling and
upgrade costs.  Ongoing action to replace signalling equipment
across the estate including changes to any
activations/protocols to ensure this is being managed
appropriately (responsible of duty holder on site)
Action
Codes
Linked Actions  Latest Note Assigned To Due Status
CRR22.0
5.10d
Undertake gap analysis to
identify activities that take
place outside of the CAMIS
environment and consider if
these can be brought into
CAMIS by way of system
development
Due to competing demands, development work on CAMIS has moved to virtual
environment and slower than initially planned. Work still being undertaken to assess what
sits outside CAMIS and what can be brought in. Discussions with other Local Authorities
that use CAMIS to see what can be added with Health and Safety module being reviewed.
Due date therefore amended to June 2024, 2025.
CAMIS
Development
Group
30-Jun-
2025 
CRR22.0
5.10e
Explore data and status
monitoring
Whilst CAMIS is noted to be a good repository for data, development work is required to
improve the data and how it can be easily accessed. Due to resource requirements
elsewhere in the Council, this has been delayed. However, conversations continue virtually
to assess what can be done to improve CAMIS for users to ensure robust, up to date data
is stored within the application.
Due date therefore amended to June 2024, 2025.
CAMIS
Development
Group
30-Jun-
2025 
Page 171 of 230

Page 178

23 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.11
Delivery of the Dargavel solution
If the Learning Estate
is not appropriately
adapted in time, then
there is a risk of
insufficient places to
meet pupil numbers
associated with the
Dargavel Village
development, with
consequent impact on
families, education
experience and
further significant
damage to the
council’s reputation
Director of
Children’s
Services
(1) Effective programme and
project governance
established
(2) Project risk management
workshop delivered to the
project management team
03 05 15
High
The newbuild Dargavel Primary school was delivered under a Section
75 agreement with the development company building a substantial
housing development at Dargavel Village. The capacity of the new
school was, and is, not sufficient for accommodating forecasted pupil
numbers. The council needs to expand the learning estate in this area
to ensure sufficient capacity for local education. The Independent
Review into Dargavel resulted in 4 specific recommendations to be
addressed to deliver the solution.
▪ Recommendation 1 - Build a more robust model of primary school
need for Dargavel
▪ Recommendation 2 - Reconsider catchment areas 
▪ Recommendation 3 - Produce robust supplementary guidance on
developer contributions 
▪ Recommendation 4 - Seek to work cooperatively with BAE
Action Codes Linked Actions  Latest Note Assigned To Date Status
For Rec 1    
CRR23.04.11-1a  Complete Council modelling through to the
anticipated end date for the housing development
(2033/34) based on assumed 4,300 units and
available live data. 
Completed October 2022 Director of
Children’s
Services
31-Oct-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-1b  Engage and appoint Edge Analytics to deliver
enhanced modelling approach for both Dargavel
primary requirements as well as PMHS out to
2033/34 and updated live datasets.
Completed February 2022 including additional upper forecast
scenarios for Dargavel non-denominational requirements to
support management of risk associated with long term yield
remaining at similar level to 2023/24. Informed reports to
Education and Children’s Services Board in March and May 2023
Director of
Children’s
Services
28-Feb-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-1c  Extend Edge engagement to deliver an enhanced
model projecting out to 2038 to provide longer
term forecast to assess the full impact on the
secondary sector and allow identification of likely
timing and scale of peak demand encapsulating any
relevant updates to live datasets.
Modelling completed which has identified an anticipated peak
period in both primary and secondary sectors and will be
reported to Education and Children’s Services Board in November
2023.
Director of
Children’s
Services
30-Sep-
2023 
Page 172 of 230

Page 179

24 | P a g e
CRR23.04.11-1d  Provide update to November Education &
Children’s Service Policy Board.
Two update reports were taken to the November ECSPB:
1. Learning Estate
2. Dargavel Housing Development – Impact on Denominational
Education Provision
Link
Director of
Children’s
Services
30-Nov-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-1e  Update Edge Analytics modelling for newly released
national Census data and expand across the whole
school estate and establish modelling dashboard to
support ease of updating and rapid re-assessment
of revised projection that will be utilised on an
ongoing basis over future years, both for Dargavel /
PMHS but also as part of the strategic Learning
Estate programme.
The Edge Analytics modelling for newly released national
census data was completed last year. A modelling dashboard
was also designed last year with further discussions to take
place on how this is used to inform the wider learning estate.
Edge have been commissioned to expand the model to include
the whole estate and we are expecting a data output in 6‐8
weeks. A schedule has been developed which outlines
reassessment and monitoring timescales.
Director of
Children’s
Services
[31-Jan-
2024] 
For Rec 2    
CRR23.04.11-2a  Complete assessment of anticipated P1 intake from
Dargavel catchment and assess against revised DPS
capacity availability, establish planned P1 intake
capacity cap and anticipated P1 intake requiring
accommodation at Bishopton Primary School. 
Planned use of Bishopton Primary School along with planned
capped entry levels to Dargavel Primary School reported an
approved at Education and Children’s Services Policy Board in
August 2023. There will be a requirement to annually monitor
anticipated and actual P1 intakes carefully to assess adequacy of
short-term capacity provision across both Dargavel and
Bishopton Primary Schools to meet demand pending the second
primary school in Dargavel coming on stream. 
Director of
Children’s
Services
31-Aug-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-2b  Complete an exercise to assess the timing, scale and
range of potential demand level scenarios, in
particular understanding the scale and timing of the
peak demand and likely settled long term demand.
This information will be used to inform the
assessment of how Bishopton Primary School could,
if required, potentially be utilised as an option in
the longer term. 
Completion of the updated work with Edge Analytics has
provided a view of the likely timing and length of the peak
demand period – with peak primary demand being forecast in
2033/34 which will fall over the second half of the 2030s to a
more settled level. Further work is being progressed to update
this information for the recently released 2023 census
information and November registration data to inform an overall
assessment.
Director of
Children’s
Services 
31-Jan-
2024 
CRR23.04.11-2c  Complete financial analysis to understand the
potential financial context of utilising Bishopton
Primary School Capacity 
Bishopton PS is a predominantly 1960s construction and is more
than 60 years old. This building will, along with the whole school
estate, undergo an updated condition survey over coming
months. Notwithstanding, given the underlying age of the
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-May-
2023 
Page 173 of 230

Page 180

25 | P a g e
building it will inevitably have a limited remaining lifespan before
being considered for replacement. 
Existing surplus capacity if used permanently to reduce the
required size of a second Dargavel primary school, will require to
be replaced as part of a renewal programme. The determination
of the timing of that will be subject to work progressed as part of
the strategic learning estate programme. 
Consequently, it has been assessed that any financial advantage
from utilising Bishopton PS will be restricted to a temporary time
value of money benefit and consequently will be relatively
limited. 
In addition, there is also a risk that utilising Bishopton PS
permanently removes its availability to provide supporting
capacity to manage both a temporary peak that may arise from
upper end educational demand scenarios and longer-term upper
end demand. There could be the risk that in such circumstances if
Bishopton capacity was no longer available this would lead to
higher overall costs over the longer term for the Council.
The financial considerations and risks will be incorporated into
the overall assessment scheduled to be reported as part of the
Education & Children’s Services Board report in January.
CRR23.04.11-2d  Set out overview in a report to the Education and
Children’s Services Policy Board in respect to the
potential long-term utilisation of Bishopton Primary
School which will be subject to detailed
consideration at an appropriate point in future
years as actual long term demand trends
increasingly emerge.
Work to allow appropriate recommendation to be made is
progressing in line with plans and scheduled to be reported to
Board in January 2024. A paper was presented to Board in
January 2024
Director of
Children’s
Services
31-Jan-
2024 
For Rec 3    
CRR23.04.11-3a  Undertake a desk top review of other local
authorities across Scotland and identify key best
practice councils to engage. 
Head of
Economy and
Development
30-Jun-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-3b  Complete detailed engagement with identified best
practice councils arising from desk top research
Detailed engagement completed with Fife, Falkirk and West
Lothian councils.
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Aug-
2023 
Page 174 of 230

Page 181

26 | P a g e
CRR23.04.11-3c  Complete data analysis exercise of a range of
datasets of mixed historic sites across Renfrewshire
to provide empirical evidence to support actual
pupil yields to inform establishment of appropriate
yield factors to be used in future contribution
policy.
• Refresh % capacity of all schools (vs school rolls)
• Sample research of Pupil Product Ratio (PPR) for
developed housing sites (< 10 units) [min 10 site
sample]
• Sample research of PPR for developed housing
sites (> 100 units) [min 10 site sample]
• Sample research of PPR for established / mature
housing development to provide longer term
perspective (e.g. 15 years old) (> 100 units) [min
4 site sample]
• Identify individual schools where pupil capacity
is above notional threshold (85%) 
• Identify all known undeveloped housing sites in
individual school catchments
• [Subset of 5] identify all housing sites with
current "live" planning application
Identify schools where it is anticipated intervention
would be required to increase capacity based on
potential future housing to be delivered over next
10 years to inform likely future developer
discussions.
Work on this is now complete, agreed new draft planning
guidance presented to March 2024 PCC Board.
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Oct-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-3d  Incorporate into the development of the draft
contributions policy targeted to be presented to the
Planning and Climate Change Policy Board in
January 2024.
Work on this is now complete, new draft planning guidance
presented to March 2024 PCC Board
Head of
Economy and
Development
31-Jan-
2024 
For Rec 4    
CRR23.04.11-4a  Secure with BAE agreement on Heads of Terms for
allow for mutual governance approval from each
organisation to inform detailed legal agreement
drafting and final sign off 
This was completed and approved by ILE Board end of August Chief
Executive
31-Aug-
2023 
Page 175 of 230

Page 182

27 | P a g e
CRR23.04.11-4b  Secure completed and signed legal missives to
deliver in full the objectives outlined above to
provide certainty and timing of availability of
remediated and infrastructure proofed land to
support wider school delivery planning and
consultation arrangements that will be progressed
by the Council team.  
Legal missives concluded mid-September Chief
Executive
31-Aug-
2023 
CRR23.04.11-4c  Proposed revisions to S.75 negotiated with BAE
Systems were approved by ILE. Revised S.75 signed
off by both the Council and BAE Systems to legally
conclude matters.
Approved by planning and Climate Change Board end of August Head of
Economy &
Development 
31-Aug-
2023 
Page 176 of 230

Page 183

28 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.12
Organisational learning from Dargavel
investigation
The council must progress the
actions as a matter of urgency
or there is a risk that without
sufficient learning, similar
errors to those made in the
past could occur again, with
further financial implications
and significant reputational
damage for the council
CMT (1) Corporate leads identified to
ensure recommendations are
taken forward.
02 05 10
High
The recent Independent Review into Dargavel, and
the council’s response to the review, highlighted
several recommendations and agreed actions. The
first 4 recommendations related to the delivery of
the solution for Dargavel specifically and the other 
▪ Recommendation 5 - Corporate working and
organisational culture
▪ Recommendation 6 - Risk management
▪ Recommendation 7 - Role of members
▪ Recommendation 8 - Public confidence
The Accounts Commission has also issued a
Section 102 Report in January 2024.
Action Codes Linked Actions  Latest Note Assigned To Date Status
For Rec 5    
CRR23.04.12-5a  Undertake a health check assessment on major
capital programmes to provide reassurance in
respect to all aspects of governance, control,
reporting and management of programmes.
City Deal and Infrastructure Health Check report was submitted
to CMT on 21 November 2023. Other programmes to be reported
to CMT through regular scheduled portfolio update sessions.
Chief
Executive
supported
by CMT
31-Oct-2023 
CRR23.04.12-5b  Put in place arrangements to deliver a
comprehensive Leadership Development
Programme (circa 12 months + programme)
for chief officers and senior managers which
amongst other things will cover any key areas
referenced in the Bowles report in respect to
governance, accountability, risk management,
collaborative working, member officer
relations etc.
Contract engagement in place and resources secured from SOLACE
Enterprises to support co-designed and co-delivered programme.
Initial Chief Officer programme launch event occurred on 3rd
October with focusing on personal resilience with the following
Learning Development events scheduled: -
October – Effective Communications and Elected Member
Relations
November - Governance and Risk Management
December – Programme Management, Leading and Navigating
Strategic Change
January – Transformational Leadership
February – Delivering Corporate/Team Values and Vision
Delivery of wider tier of management / leadership cohort to
commence early 2024.
Director of
Finance &
Resources
and Head of
HR & OD
30-Sep-2023 
Page 177 of 230

Page 184

29 | P a g e
CRR23.04.12-5c  Design and undertake an evaluation process of
the Leadership Development Programme for
Chief Officer cohort to inform required
changes / adjustments to programme delivery
for next management cohort.
Initial feedback was requested as part of the final workshop of
this first programme. An evaluation request, designed in
partnership with SOLACE, will be sent out to each of the
participants asking if their knowledge has increased, if they feel
more confident and informed and what changes, if any, would
participants suggest for the next cohort. The formal evaluation
will be sent out w/c 20/02/24 and will have a 2‐week completion
window. There will a further evaluation on what changes have
been made as a result of the programme will also be carried out
6 months each cohort completion. 
Head of HR
and OD
31-Mar-2024 
For Rec 6    
CRR23.04.12-6a A review of risk profiles across all service
departments to ensure visibility of all risks and
confirmation of where certain risks are being
monitored if outwith the standard Risk Reports
to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board (i.e.,
Health and Safety Planning Groups, Service
Improvement Plans etc)
Reviewing service risk profiles is now business as usual via the 6-
monthly risk report To Board
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-Oct- 2023 
CRR23.04.12-6b A review of the ‘service risk representative’
roles in each service department to ensure the
representatives who sit on the Corporate Risk
Management Group are sufficiently involved in
risk matters within the service, to feed this into
the Corporate Risk Management Group and
that they also have authority within the service
to provide challenge as a ‘critical friend.’
Action completed. CMT agreed (10 Oct), that each Director will
nominate a Head of Service and one other colleague to support the
Head of Service in the role going forward.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-Oct- 2023 
CRR23.04.12-6c Delivery of a project risk management
workshop specific to the planned new primary
school in Dargavel (complete)
Workshop delivered covering nature of project risks, risk changes
over lifecycle of the project; reminder of Council PM framework
and PMU support; key issues re good governance
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-Aug-2023 
CRR23.04.12-6d Delivery of project risk management training
with all PMU colleagues (in a train the trainer
format) so colleagues are delivering this as part
of project kick-offs to support a more risk
focused culture in the organisation.
This was completed on 12/10/2023. PMU staff received a ‘train
the trainer’ session to enable them to cover running risk
awareness sessions at project kick‐offs to support a more risk
focussed culture in the organisation.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
30-Sep-2023 
Page 178 of 230

Page 185

30 | P a g e
CRR23.04.12-6e Undertaking a ‘health check’ of project
management arrangements across the council
to ensure governance, management, reporting
and risk management is appropriate to the
scale of the project.
Compliance review of all PMU supported projects complete. All
projects demonstrated a satisfactory level of risk governance and
management.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
30-Nov-2023 
CRR23.04.12-6f An update to the risk management course on
iLearn and consideration of whether it should
be a mandatory course.
This action is now complete. The new online risk management
course is now live on the new learning management system and
CMT have advised that the course will be mandatory (one-off) for
all staff on GR9 or above.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
30-Nov-2023 
CRR23.04.12-6g Embed and deliver risk management training
into the new leadership development
programme that is currently under
development, particularly in relation to
commercial risk
Risk management session was delivered in line with the
programme , including internal and external subject matter
experts.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
30-Nov-2023 
CRR23.04.12-6h Reviewing governance documents to ensure
delegations in relation to liability caps are clear
and unambiguous.
Consultation with Head of Corporate Governance concluded that
governance documents do not require amendment, but rather,
more training would be required on what was expected within
existing delegations. The training was delivered to CMT on 28
November 2023. Governance refresher training sessions have
been delivered to every department senior management team in
January.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-Dec-2023 
CRR23.04.12-6i Deliver a targeted risk management
development day for Chief Officers
• Project risk management (and risk
simulation exercise) 
• Risk horizon scanning and sustainability
(the Global Risk Report) 
• Liability caps and their implications
The training session has been prepared and was delivered to CMT
on 28 November 2023.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
31-Dec-2023 
For Rec 7    
CRR23.04.12-7a Undertake a health check assessment on major
capital programmes to provide reassurance in
respect to extent to which elected member
involvement has been appropriately secured
through formal governance reporting as well
as via other appropriate informal engagement
routes.
City Deal and Infrastructure Health Check report was submitted
to CMT on 21 November 2023. Other programmes to be reported
to CMT through regular scheduled portfolio update sessions.
Chief
Executive
supported
by CMT 
31-Oct-2023 
Page 179 of 230

Page 186

31 | P a g e
CRR23.04.12-7b Support Council Leader and other nominated
elected members to determine a review remit,
progress the review and develop suitable
recommendations.
The Cross Party Working Group has been established and met
five times. A report was submitted to the Council Meeting on 29
February 2024 setting out the findings of the review.
Head of
Corporate
Governance
31-Mar-2024 
CRR23.04.12-7c Carry out an assessment of the Audit Risk and
Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published good
practice guide for audit committees and
identify any recommendations for change in
remit or operational arrangements.
The self assessment is complete with recommendations for
improved clarity of roles and remits agreed by the ARSB, with a
further report to Council in May 2023 seeking agreement of
these recommendations.
Director of
Finance and
Resources
[31-Dec-
2023] 
For Rec 8    
CRR23.04.12-8a Develop a communication and engagement
strategy to meet the following objectives:  
• Improve the flow and regularity of
information to parents and carers and the
wider Dargavel community, so they are first
to hear about decisions impacting their
community.
• Ensure parents and carers have access to all
projection data available to the council. 
• Introduce direct communication channels
with Dargavel residents, enabling all sections
of the community to engage on matters that
are important to them and making sure the
latest information is accessible and easy to
find.
• Provide residents with a feedback loop to
enable them to ask questions of the council
in relation to the development and have
questions answered quickly.
• Include the community in formal planning
and design of a new primary school and high
school extension. 
This plan supported and guided all initial comms and engagement
in the initial months of the issue being reported and has guided the
following key activities:
Hosting two parent and carer meetings, attended by council
officers and more than 220 parents or carers,
Establishing a dedicated enquiries email inbox and encouraged
residents to contact us with any questions and concerns,
Attending several parent council meetings with all primary schools
and PMHS to support direct engagement, discussion on key
activities, immediate estate decisions in respect to deployment of
modular classrooms and post occupancy adjustments at Dargavel
Primary, sharing and discussion of revised projection data and
modelling, key council decision points, independent review
outcomes etc
Attending several community meetings from community council,
Community Liaison Group as well as supporting coordination and
delivery of wider community representative round table session to
maintain ongoing engagement, sharing of information and data
sharing etc.
Issuing 12 letters/updates to impacted parents and carers at
Dargavel Primary School
Issuing 9 updates to Bishopton Community Council
Issuing 3 media releases or proactive statements and responding to
almost 50 media enquiries 
Issuing 11 elected member briefings and 8 MP/MSP briefings to
support members in their engagement with local families.  
Monthly updates to the council website
Head of
Marketing
and Comms
30-Nov-2023 
Page 180 of 230

Page 187

32 | P a g e
CRR23.04.12-8b Post Review, deliver a revised comms and
engagement strategy to re-establish trust and
confidence across the Dargavel community.
Complete. As above.  Head of
Marketing
and Comms
31-Aug-2023 
CRR23.04.12-8c Establish a new parent council liaison group to
provide a single PC forum (at the request of PC
chairs) to provide a streamlined opportunity
for consistent engagement and
communication with the whole PC community
for all schools associated with Dargavel /
Bishopton and PMHS and all feeder primaries. 
Group has been established and has met following school summer
break with positive feedback from Parent Council Chairs with
engagement to date.
Head of
Education 
31-Aug-2023 
CRR23.04.12-8d Establish regular opt-in digital community
newsletter to facilitate regular communication
updates direct to interested members of the
community. 
Take up of opt-in digital channel newsletter is currently sitting at
309 users and it is expected that this will continue to grow in the
coming months as school delivery and design engagement
commences more significantly. 
Head of
Marketing
and Comms
31-Aug-2023 
CRR23.04.12-8e Establish and track key indicators of
community sentiment. 
Over 800 people submitted formal responses to the Statutory
Consultation on a proposed new primary school for Dargavel and
over 150 individuals attended events that were part of the
consultation programme. Exit surveys were provided at all events
included in the programme to understand if engagement was
helpful. General feedback indicates the flexibility of events was
helpful and being able to ask questions of officers was useful, but
community concerns about ensuring the right solutions are
delivered remain. This will take time to significantly change.
We continue to provide regular updates to the community through
a variety of channels – including face‐to‐face forums, monitoring
reach, engagement and feedback. We continue to grow
membership of our opt‐in community newsletter. From qualitative
analysis of the statutory consultation, parts of the community
continue to express frustration at the council’s previous error and
carry concern about current planning and projections. This will
require ongoing and steadfast commitment to information sharing
and using established community forums for ongoing engagement.
Head of
Marketing
and Comms
Ongoing 
CRR23.04.12-8f Develop, deploy (at appropriate key points
post formal consultation period) and evaluate
The Consultation Institute is supporting the service to carry out a
thorough assessment of the effectiveness of the council’s
Head of
Marketing
and comms
Expected
April/May
2024 
Page 181 of 230

Page 188

33 | P a g e
a community survey to understand the impact
of engagement with the community.
engagement strategy with the Dargavel community (Bishopton and
wider Park Mains High School community) so far. This includes:
Development of a process based on tCI’s Certificate of Consultation
Readiness to assess the current Dargavel process and produce a
report making recommendations on what to do in future
consultations based on that process – this involve desk research
and is underway. Following this, in May, we will launch a
community pulse survey, to understand if our engagement
approach is helping to improve public trust and a more positive
relationship between the council and the Dargavel community.
This timeline was confirmed to first allow the Statutory
Consultation on a proposed new primary school for Dargavel to
conclude and be reported. The results of the analysis and opinion
survey, with recommendations for our future strategy will be
reported to Audit and Scrutiny Board in September. Our agreed
plan has been shared with the council’s auditors to inform their
update report to the Accounts Commission in June. 
Page 182 of 230

Page 189

34 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.13
Workforce planning, recruitment and retention
There is a national shortage in the UK
labour market for certain trades and
professional services. For Renfrewshire
Council that is impacting on certain
specialist recruitment campaigns.  This
combined with diminution of salaries,
the reality is that there is a risk the
council may lose key personnel, it may
be very difficult to recruit suitably
qualified and skilled officers for
compliance, advisory, investigative and
assurance work, with significant impact
on statutory responsibilities and slippage
in professional activity.
Director of
Finance &
Resources
(1) Data analytics to look at areas of risk,
trends both recruitment and attrition.
(2) Ensuring we hire the right people in the
first place by having solid recruitment
methods
(3) Offering workplace flexibility which can
help enhance work life balance, and
burnout
(4) Creating opportunities for 
development 
(5) Partnering with employability,
community, and further/higher
education programmes to support the
Council as an employer of choice
04 04 16
High
Workforce planning risk is captured by our
model for business-as-usual risk, however over
recent months it has been clear that a live issue
is emerging in relation to recruitment and
retention challenges, particularly for various
trades and professional services.
Particular pressure points at April 2024:
• Soft FM and building services
• Hard FM and property services
• Legal and Registrars
• Social services
• Others, as being identified/ confirmed
Action Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Date Status
CRR23.04.13a  Agreed to introduce a working group focussed on workforce planning,
the purpose of this is to look at new and innovation ways to support
the recruitment, retention and upskilling of the Councils workforce.
Workforce planning group now formed and an initial
meeting held, further meeting dates have been
scheduled. Work streams have been identified.
Head of
People and
OD
31-Oct-
2023 
CRR23.04.13b Review our recruitment training for managers with a focus on
supporting onboarding, induction, and development support.
Training has been reviewed and updated in line with the
new policy provisions. Ongoing and induction processes
are being updated. [Date amended 31/12/23 to 31/8/24]
Head of
People and
OD
31-Aug-
2024 
CRR23.04.13c Develop an Equality, Diversity and Inclusion strategy, this aim of this is
to enable colleagues to have equity of opportunity within the council
during the whole employee lifecycle 
Complete, EDI plan was approved at the FARS board in
February 2024.
Head of
People and
OD
31-Dec-
2023 
CRR23.04.13d Introduce a programme that enables our colleagues voice and provides
platform for recognition 
Partially complete within some council services, work
continues to drive this across the organisation.
Development of employee recognition is in the early
stages. [Date amended 31/12/23 to 31/12/24]
Head of
People and
OD
31-Dec-
2024 
CRR23.04.13e Continue the roll out of our Health & Wellbeing strategy, ensuring
colleagues can have the best experience at work 
The H&WB plan was approved at the FARS board in
February 2024. There is ongoing work underway to drive
the 4 themes identified within the plan and target specific
work groups. We have trained more mental health first
aiders to support the workforce.  
Head of
People and
OD
31-Dec-
2024 
Page 183 of 230

Page 190

35 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.14
Delivering homeless duties
It is becoming more
difficult to fulfil our
statutory duties for
providing
accommodation so 
breaches may occur
with an increase in
rough-sleeping and
reputational harm.
Director of
Environment,
Housing &
Infrastructure
(1) Monitored at weekly Housing SMT meetings with Head of Service and
senior housing managers
(2) Reports to Communities and Housing Policy Board (latest May 2024)
(3) The Council’s stock of furnished properties being used to provide
temporary accommodation for those who have nowhere to stay has
been increased on a stepped basis to 276
(4) Additional staffing resources have been appointed within Homeless
Services, with 3 x Accommodation Officer and 2 x Housing Options
Adviser posts now filled on a temporary basis to support the Councils
response to the increase in homelessness.  Also, extension of 2
temporary posts to improve access to support, housing options advice
and advocacy for tenants in the private rented sector
(5) Two additional Housing Support Officer posts have now been created
and filled on a temporary basis to help ensure the legal duty to assess
the support needs of those who are homeless and ensure these needs
are met can be complied with
(6) Attendance at regular multi-agency meetings regarding utilisation of
temporary hotel accommodation
04 04 16
High
We are at risk of being
unable to provide
temporary/ settled
accommodation for the
increased number of
homeless applicants,
Ukraine and Afghan
resettlement programmes,
and those asylum seekers
living in Renfrewshire
receiving positive decisions.  
Action Codes Actions Assigned To Date Status
CRR24.04.14a  In response to the increase in the level of homelessness over the last two to three years, The Council has increased its target to
provide 55% of general lets to homeless applicants in 2024/25 and this was approved by the Policy Board in March 2024. 
Head of
Housing
Services
31/03/2025  
CRR24.04.14b  Deliver the key initiatives detailed in Renfrewshire’s Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan, including, the provision of adequate
temporary accommodation, increasing the number of lets to homeless in order to meet needs, provide assistance to help new
tenants resettle, and upscaling the provision of wraparound support initiatives such as Housing First.
Homeless &
Housing
Support
Services
Manager
31/03/2025 
Page 184 of 230

Page 191

36 | P a g e
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.15
National Care Service – governance and financial
implications
The council will need to
ensure clear governance
arrangements are established
otherwise there will be
increased risk in terms of
liabilities, with financial
impacts.
Director of
Finance &
Resources
(1) Maintaining a watching brief through
various professional networks
03 03 09
Moderate
There has been recent confirmation that for the
proposed new National Care Service, staff will continue
to be employed by councils. However, under the terms
of a new partnership arrangement, legal responsibility
for the service is to be ‘shared’ between the health
service, councils and Scottish government, with
councils also responsible for buildings and the delivery
of services.
**29 FEB 2024 UPDATE ** Parliament approved the
general aims of the National Care Service (Scotland) Bill
at Stage One. Significant amendment to follow
however at Stage Two.
Action Codes Actions Assigned Date Status 
Monitoring only   
Context Risk Statement Owned by Current Controls Likelihood Impact Evaluation
CRR24.04.16
Administering elections
Administering an electoral
event carries a significant
responsibility. Each event
must be carefully planned for
in accordance with statutory
procedures, and all risks
identified with appropriate
responses/ mitigations,
otherwise there is a risk to
delivery of election results
within the required
timeframe.
Chief
Executive
(1) Experienced elections office team to
support the Returning Officer and Deputy
Returning Officers re election integrity
(2) Experienced wrap-around services for all
logistics
(3) Project management discipline applied
(4) Fully risk assessed (using both EMB
guidance and internal methods)
(5) Comprehensive contingency pack
developed for each and every electoral
event
02 04 08
Moderate
A UK General Election must be called by December
2024 and so with this in mind early preparations are
underway. Most council service departments are
involved in the administration of electoral events.
While administering an electoral event can result in a
significant impact in terms of the council’s reputation,
the overall likelihood associated with the risk is low,
given established governance arrangements, project
management approach and experience of officers
involved. The risk is currently assessed as moderate.
Action Codes Actions Assigned Date Status
CRR24.04.16a Deliver on all aspects of the project plan EO
Manager
TBC  
Page 185 of 230

Page 192

37 | P a g e
Appendix 3: Service Risks 
Risk 
(Cause and effect)
Risk Capture
 Service RR
 Project RR
 H&S PLAN 
Evaluation
 Low
 Moderate
 High
 Very High
Means of Monitoring
 Board Risk-Reporting
 SIP
 Project Board
 H&S Planning Group
Notes
Chief Executive’s Service    
(1) Discontinuation of Shared Prosperity Fund
If there is a change in government and the SPF ceases,
funding for current economic development and place-
based initiatives would be reduced by £5-6m. 
Service RR  Moderate  Board Risk-Reporting  Any new update?
(2) AMIDS does not achieve Investment Zone status
Would dampen placeshaping ambitions and weaken
local economy 
Project RR  Moderate  Board Risk-Reporting Any new update?
Children’s Services    
(3) Portfolio Management
Unintended delays in progress in each of the three
portfolios listed below will impact on our ability to
ensure that children and young people thrive, learning
and achieve: 
1. Curriculum, learning, teaching and assessment;
2. Inclusion; and 
3. Families and Communities
Project RR Moderate Project Board Effective governance arrangements are in place with
oversight, leadership and direction being provided by the
Portfolio Governance Board which meets on a monthly
basis. The three portfolio groups provide updates to the
Board.
(4) Availability of Alternative Care Placement 
(Foster Care and Residential Care)
This could result in a higher level of risk being managed
within the community. 
Service RR Moderate Board/Committee Risk
-Reporting
Case managed by Social Work Management Teams with
contingency plans in place.
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services    
(5) Review of electric vehicle (fleet) infrastructure
Risks associated with the installation of charging
facilities were managed during the related installation
projects.  There is however a need to review any
residual risks that remain in relation to the siting,
inspection, and maintenance of the facilities, to further
reduce any risks to people or property within their
vicinity.
Service RR High Board Risk-Reporting Electric Vehicle fleet comprises around 116 vehicles.  The
council implements a range of measures to ensure vehicles
are roadworthy and serviced accordingly. The EV Charging
Infrastructure is electrically tested at final commissioning
stage by a competent EV contractor.   EV Chargers are
serviced annually as part of warranty/ maintenance
contract.  Chargers are also monitored remotely by
ChargePlace Scotland for any faults and site attended by
Page 186 of 230

Page 193

38 | P a g e
Risk 
(Cause and effect)
Risk Capture
 Service RR
 Project RR
 H&S PLAN 
Evaluation
 Low
 Moderate
 High
 Very High
Means of Monitoring
 Board Risk-Reporting
 SIP
 Project Board
 H&S Planning Group
Notes
contractor if fault is not able to be fixed by back-office
support.
(6) Tree Fall and Ash Die Back & Larch Infection
With the emergence of Ash Die back in the UK there is
now an increased potential for public injury and
property damage, awards against the Council,
reputational damage and statutory notices
Service RR High Board Risk-Reporting The main trigger for this risk was a significant outbreak of
Ash Dieback in the UK which is resulting in a significant
number of trees within Renfrewshire having to be felled.
Work is underway.
(7) Housing Regeneration and Renewal Programme
Risks associated with delivering £100m regeneration
and renewal programme.
Project RR High Project Board  Risk registers have been produced for each project and are
regularly reviewed to identify, manage and mitigate known
risks associated with the programme.
(8) Last in Block Properties
Initial discussions have commenced with Scottish
Government officials on the feasibility of ‘last in the
block’ properties being repaired and used for the
resettlement of UDP’s, and a further report will be
submitted to the Communities and Housing Policy
Board providing an update on progress.
Project RR Moderate Board Report Risk register has been produced and shared with Scottish
Government.
Application has been submitted and now been approved
in principle by Scottish Government Minister.
(9) Housing IT System Replacement Programme
Ensuring replacement system procured fulfils all
requirements and is delivered within target.
Project RR High Project Board Renewal of main system dealing with Housing Services,
Housing Asset Management and Homeless Services.
(10) Housing Investment Programme
Risk of delivering approved capital investment
programmes and ensuring stock complies with
statutory and regulatory standards.
Project RR High Project Board   As part of governance arrangements, a new project board
is being established. Monthly project teams meetings have
been scheduled and risk registers for each programme are
being developed.  
(11) Delivering Homeless duties
The risk is of breaching a statutory duty to provide
accommodation and would be likely to lead to an
increase in rough-sleeping and reputational harm.
Project RR High Board Report We are at risk of being unable to provide temporary/
settled accommodation for the increased number of
homeless applicants, Ukraine and Afghan resettlement
programmes, and those asylum seekers living in
Renfrewshire receiving positive decisions.  
(12) Disposal of Coal Tar 
Coal tar is now classed as hazardous waste material.
There is consequently a knock-on risk to the council’s
resurfacing scheme with some moderate delays in only
a few locations as alternative solutions are developed.
Service RR Moderate Board Reporting  We carry out test samples prior to our resurfacing
programme, and any that are found to be positive will be
removed from resurfacing programme and placed on the
surface treatment / recycling programme.  This ensures
Page 187 of 230

Page 194

39 | P a g e
Risk 
(Cause and effect)
Risk Capture
 Service RR
 Project RR
 H&S PLAN 
Evaluation
 Low
 Moderate
 High
 Very High
Means of Monitoring
 Board Risk-Reporting
 SIP
 Project Board
 H&S Planning Group
Notes
that potentially hazardous material is left in-situ and
doesn’t require to be disposed off.
(13) Implementation of Local Heat and Energy
Efficiency Strategy
Key risk is reputational damage if the Council does not
deliver on their Local Heat and Energy Efficiency
Strategy and Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Delivery
Plan. Work is currently underway to develop the
delivery plan.
Project RR Moderate Board Reporting The Scottish Parliament passed the Local Heat and Energy
Efficiency Strategies (Scotland) Order in May 2022. The
LHEES Order places a duty on local authorities to prepare,
publish and update a Local Heat and Energy Efficiency
Strategy and Delivery Plan.
(14) RAAC in the learning estate
During the check at Castlehead High School, structural
engineers identified the presence of RAAC limited to
the school gym halls. The inspection concluded that
our analysis of the construction materials of the main
school building was correct, but that different material,
RAAC, had been used in the construction of the gym
halls.
Service RR Moderate Board Risk-Reporting  Estate wide inspection/check for RAAC has concluded.
Only Castlehead HS had a positive result and works are
underway to remediate.
(15) Collection and Disposal of Waste Upholstered
Domestic Seating (WUDS) / Persistent Organic
Pollutants (POP’s)
From 31st January 2024 new guidance came into force
that changed the collection, storage and disposal of
waste containing Persistent Organic Pollutants (POP’s)
which must be separated and sent for incineration. 
The impact of this could be both financial and
environmental. 
Project RR Moderate Project Board From 1st February 2024 we have allocated additional
resources to assist at the Household Waste Recycling
Centres (HWRC’s) to ensure that WUDS/POP's waste does
not contaminate other waste streams as set out in the
Changes to Upholstered Furniture Collection, Storage and
Disposal approved by the ILE Board on 24th January 2024.
A separate Special Uplift squad has been formed, as part
of the Council's Special Uplift Service, to manage the
collection of WUDS and POPs.
Linwood Household Waste Recycling Centre (HWRC) is the
only Council site which accepts POP’s waste.
We will monitor waste trends/patterns over the coming
year.  However, until a full years' data that identifies
seasonal demands is available the scale of financial and
service risks are difficult to determine.
Page 188 of 230

Page 195

40 | P a g e
Risk 
(Cause and effect)
Risk Capture
 Service RR
 Project RR
 H&S PLAN 
Evaluation
 Low
 Moderate
 High
 Very High
Means of Monitoring
 Board Risk-Reporting
 SIP
 Project Board
 H&S Planning Group
Notes
(16) Collection Management / Routing Software for
Waste and Recycling Service
The Service is looking to improve performance and
maximise efficiencies by procuring and implementing a
new Waste & Recycling Management/Routing system.   
This will assist in the setup and day-to-day
management of the waste and recycling collection
service.  There is a risk that during the implementation
process the service to customers may fluctuate and
they are not kept fully informed.
Project RR Moderate Project Board A Project team is being assembled, with cross-service
representation to ensure the effective procurement and
implementation of the new Waste and Recycling
Management System. 
The project team will be responsible for the planning and
implementation of a comprehensive communication
strategy at each stage of the project.  
The service will liaise with colleagues from Customer
Services Unit to share information and ensure this is
available to customers timeously.   
Finance and Resources Services    
(17) PCI certification
Certification is required for taking credit and debit card
payments.  If certification is not consistently achieved,
there is a risk of significant financial penalties applied
by our Acquiring Bank and/ or removal of our ability to
accept credit & debit cards completely.  This would
have a significant impact on Customers, Council
income and the Council’s digital aspirations.
Service RR High Board Risk-Reporting To accept credit and debit card payments the Council is
contractually obligated to comply with the Payment Card
Industry Data Security Standards (PCI).  This must be
proven by submitting annual Self-Assessment.
Questionnaires that match payment forms taken. Security
& Compliance Mgr responsible for PCI compliance across
Council. Internal procedures for applying compliance
standards to card payment services. Annual independent
audit of card payment procedures against PCI standards.
PCI Governance Group to be established consisting of
representatives from all Services who deliver ‘pay for’
services in the community. Training for staff handling card
payments
(18) Programme and project management
Where some projects might sit outside of the
programme management unit’s knowledge/
awareness, there is a risk that those projects fail either
in timescales, quality, or costs or even if successfully
concluded, do not deliver the intended outcomes.
Service RR Moderate Board Risk-Reporting This risk had been on the corporate risk register but recent
health checks have provided reassurance regarding our
corporate approach to programme and project
management. The risk has therefore been de-escalated
back to Finance and Resource Services for monitoring in
relation to arrangements for smaller projects that might sit
outside of the programme management unit’s awareness.
Page 189 of 230

Page 196

41 | P a g e
Appendix 4: Business-as-Usual Risks 
The council has 12 areas of risk now monitored via the new risk assurance model introduced in April 2023. Each Head of Service (and three other officers who report
directly to a Service Director), must undertake an annual self-assessment against a set of questions for each risk and indicate what level of assurance they are able to
provide in relation to how they and their teams perform in these areas.  The results shown are system outputs, and for transparency these are presented with some
caveats.  Not all responses are captured by the system; in some instances data has been manually passed to the Chief Auditor. In a couple of instances, Heads of Service
repeated completion of modules with different levels of self-assurance and PowerBI counted two returns instead of accepting the latter and discounting the first. These
anomalies are being addressed for year 2 going live on 15 April.  It is important to recognise that the quality of responses underpinning self-assessment is the focus of
separate reporting by the Chief Auditor, with the data being the foundation for her annual discussions with Service Directors in relation to the annual governance
statement. It is also worth remembering that year 1 is a marker in the ground, with the aim being to see incremental improvement over time. 
For 2024/25, some specific
points of note going forward:
• Using feedback from Year 1
debrief sessions and an
extensive review of the
question sets, by the Chief
Auditor and her team,
modules have been updated
ready for Year 2 to
commence
• A ‘corporate gap’ tracker has
been established from Year
1 responses and the Risk
Manager will now monitor
progress against the actions.
• In line with revised risk
management KPIs, the
Corporate Risk Management
Group will monitor % of
modules with assurance
ratings equal to or greater
than reasonable assurance.
Page 190 of 230

Page 197

42 | P a g e
While these are the council’s business-as-usual risks, where there is recognised need for specific corporate action in any of these aspects of risk, these are escalated from
time to time to the corporate risk register. An example of this is nos. 2 and 7 below. Aspects of these risks are reflected not only within the risk assurance model but are
also reflected in the corporate risk register.
BAU RISK AREA ENCOMPASSING BAU RISK AREA ENCOMPASSING      
1. Community & public
safety
Child and adult protection
Serious and organised crime (external)
2. Asset management Statutory compliance
Arrangements for void properties
Fleet and other infrastructure
ICT hardware and software assets and responsibilities
3. People wellbeing &
development
Staff health and wellbeing
Training and development
Corporate and local induction
4. Information handling GDPR compliance
Information asset management
Information security
Records management
5. Health, safety &
managing adverse
events
Staff incident recording
RIDDOR arrangements
Incident monitoring and trends analysis
6. Programme and project
management
Governance
Compliance with industry standards/ adopted methods
7. Organisation resilience Business continuity:
- Staffing resource
- ICT and/ or power outages
- Facility issue
- Cyber security
8. Partnership management Partnership registers
Agreements
Liabilities
9. Financial control and
governance
Authorities and delegation
Budgeting and accounting
Conflict and whistleblowing
Insider threat and crime
Counter fraud
10. Service planning and
performance monitoring
Customer engagement
Public/ stakeholder engagement
KPI trends analysis
Links to risk management and service improvement
11. Procurement and
contract management
Standing orders
Roles and responsibilities
Monitoring & Performance Mgt
12. Complaints, comments and
claims handling
Compliance
Trends analysis
Links to service improvement 
[Item End] 
Page 191 of 230

Page 198

Page 192 of 230

Page 199

Page 1 of 2 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board  
On: 20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 
1.2 
1.3 
This paper presents the Risk Management Annual Report for
2023/2024 (Appendix 1). The Report describes the corporate risk
management activity that has taken place during 2023/2024 in relation
to the council’s risk management arrangements and strategic risk
management objectives.  It is not the purpose of this paper to report on
the management of specific risks as such information is already
provided separately to the Board in the Risk Report, May 2024 paper. 
In exceptionally challenging times and with diminishing resources, the
council continues to apply an appropriate level of risk management to
prevent or mitigate the effects of loss or harm. In doing so, we
recognise that good risk management contributes to the delivery of
better financial outcomes, business objectives, better project success
rates, achievement of targets and fewer unexpected problems. 
We purposefully promote a risk aware culture and strive to place risk
management information at the heart of the key decisions that we
make. Our risk appetite is ‘cautious’ meaning that we can take an
effective approach to managing risk in a way that both addresses our
significant challenges but also enables innovation.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1  It is recommended that the Board considers the content of the Annual
Report, noting the robustness of the council’s risk management
arrangements and the significant contribution that it makes with regards
to the council’s corporate governance arrangements. 
Item 9
Page 193 of 230

Page 200

Page 2 of 2 
___________________________________________________________________ 
3.  Background 
3.1  In keeping with the ‘Scheme of Delegated Functions’ a Risk
Management Annual Report is provided to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board each year for consideration.  The report supports the council’s
code of corporate governance and seeks to provide assurance to
stakeholders (internal and external) concerning the comprehensive risk
management arrangements in place at the council.
_________________________________________________________________ __ 
Implications of the report
1. Financial – not relevant to report recommendations 
2. HR & Organisational Development – not relevant to report recommendations 
3. Community/Council Planning – effective risk management supports the delivery of all
community/ council plan outcomes 
4. Legal – not relevant to report recommendations 
5. Property/Assets – not relevant to report recommendations 
6. Information Technology – not relevant to report recommendations 
7. Equality & Human Rights – not relevant to report recommendations 
8. Health & Safety – not relevant to report recommendations 
9. Procurement – not relevant to report recommendations 
10. Risk – as per the subject matter of this report 
11. Privacy Impact – not relevant to report recommendations 
12. Cosla Policy Position – not relevant to report recommendations 
13. Climate Risk – not relevant to report recommendations 
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
(a) Non applicable – reports provided on a year-by-year basis 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:           Karen Locke  
Risk Manager  
riskmanager@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 194 of 230

Page 201

Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
Appendix 1 
Risk Management Annual Report 
2023 - 2024 

Page 195 of 230

Page 202

Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
CONTENT   
1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 1
2. Risk Management Framework 2023/24: Overview ............................................................................... 1
3. Risk Management Infrastructure/ Enablers ........................................................................................... 1
4. Risk Management Process ..................................................................................................................... 3
5. Risk Management Application/ Results ................................................................................................. 4
6. Reporting and Monitoring ..................................................................................................................... 4
7. Risk Management Function/ Training and Development ...................................................................... 5
8. Conclusion ............................................................................................................................................. 5   
Page 196 of 230

Page 203

1
Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
1. Introduction 
1.1 The Risk Management Annual Report is provided to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board each year in keeping with its
delegated function of considering the corporate risk management annual report. The Report describes the corporate-
led risk management activity that has taken place during 2023/24 in relation to the council’s risk management
arrangements and strategic risk management objectives.  The Report does not cover the management of specific risks
as such information is already provided separately to the Board in the Risk Report, May 2024 paper. 
1.2 In exceptionally challenging times and with diminishing resources, the council continues to apply an appropriate level
of risk management to prevent or mitigate the effects of loss or harm. In doing so, we recognise that good risk
management contributes to the delivery of better financial outcomes, business objectives, better project success
rates, achievement of targets and fewer unexpected problems. 
1.3 We purposefully promote a risk aware culture and strive to place risk management information at the heart of the
key decisions that we make. Our risk appetite is ‘cautious’ meaning that we can take an effective approach to
managing risk in a way that both addresses our significant challenges but also enables innovation. 
1.4 This annual report supports the council’s code of corporate governance and seeks to provide assurance to
stakeholders (internal and external) concerning the comprehensive risk management arrangements in place at the
council. 
2. Risk Management Framework 2023/24: Overview
2.1 Below is an overview of the key components of the council’s risk management framework.  Thereafter sections 3 to 7
of this report expand on each component and highlight specific points relevant to 2023/24 developments. 
(1) Infrastructure/ enablers
At the heart of the council’s risk management arrangements are the strategic risk management objectives, the risk
management policy and strategy and the strategic risk management development plan. Also embedded within the
infrastructure are the communications systems in use for risk management information, the Intranet and the key
policy boards and groups such as the Corporate Management Team and Corporate Risk Management Group that
have a specific role in risk management.
(2) Process 
A cyclical process for risk assessment, treatment, communication, monitoring and review of risk using a standardised
risk matrix.  The process and supporting matrix continue to enable a consistent approach to risk management
throughout the council, set within the context of the council’s capacity and tolerance for risk, sometimes also
referred to as ‘risk appetite.’
(3) Application/ results
Risk management is not viewed as an isolated function or practice but is applied to other key business processes of
the council, including service planning, financial planning, performance management, procurement, project
management and partnerships. Applying risk management at the right time and in the right way is key to risk
management adding value to the organisation and delivering tangible results.
(4) Reporting and monitoring
Reporting and monitoring arrangements, including individual and group roles and responsibilities for risk
management, are defined in such a way as to ensure a suitable flow of risk management information throughout the
council and an appropriate level of monitoring and scrutiny relating to the effectiveness of the risk management
arrangements in place and progress being made in relation to activity linked to strategic and corporate risk registers
and service risk management plans.
(5) Risk management function
For the risk management framework to be effective, it must be underpinned by training, guidance and ongoing
development activity which raise awareness of how to implement good risk management practice across the council.
This aspect of the framework informs the workplan of the corporate risk management function under the
responsibility of the Director of Finance and Resources. 
3. Risk Management Infrastructure/ Enablers 
Page 197 of 230

Page 204

2
Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
3.1 Risk Management Policy and Strategy 
In November 2023 ‘Risk Matters’ the combined risk management policy and strategy was revised and approved by
the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board1.   
At its formal review there were no material changes proposed to Risk Matters, and only one minor amendment was
made to reflect a change in terminology for the council’s risk appetite, as being risk cautious. 
Policy and strategy reviewed and approved within schedule. 
3.2 Strategic Risk Management Objectives 
The council bases its strategic risk
management objectives around the former
National Risk Management Performance
Assessment Model developed by ALARM2. 
The strategic risk management
objectives remain relevant and
continue to form the basis of our
Strategic Risk Management
Development Plan. 
3.3 Strategic Risk Management Development
Plan
To support the implementation of ‘Risk
Matters’ and the continuous improvement
of risk management practice within the
council, a Strategic Risk Management
Development Plan (the Plan), is in place,
outlining key actions that require to be completed over the life cycle of Risk Matters. The Plan is accessible to all
Corporate Risk Management Group members via the Group’s MS Teams channel.
Performance against the Plan is reported as follows: 
YEAR 1, 2022-23 Key performance figure - 100%, (30 of 30 actions) complete, against an 85% in-year target 
YEAR 2, 2023-24 Key performance figure - 88%, (14 of 16 actions) complete, against an 85% in-year target 
FULL PLAN, 2022-24 Key performance figure - 96%, (44 of 46 actions) complete, against an 85% target 
3.4 The Corporate Risk Management Group (CRMG)
(1) The Group meets 6 weekly for ‘Risk Pulse’ ensuring all members are aware of developing/ emerging areas of risk
and how this might impact on various risk registers. The key purpose of this meeting is to share good practice,
be aware of each other’s risk context (thus promoting corporate working) and identify new and emerging risks. 
Risk Pulse performance has been in line with strategy/ corporate expectations. 
(2) The Group also meets on an ad hoc basis for ‘Risk Bite’ where meetings are arranged to ensure progress against
key milestones such as ensuring risks are reviewed and reports provided timeously to Board, or, another
example is monitoring implementation of the council’s new Business as Usual Risk Assurance Model (working
title: BaURAM © Renfrewshire Council). 
Risk Bite performance has been in line with strategy/ corporate expectations. 
1 Risk Matters is reviewed formally every two years by Board with an interim annual review conducted by the Corporate Risk
Management Group.
2 ‘ALARM’ is the public sector risk management association. The council’s Risk Manager is a Board Director of ALARM.
Page 198 of 230

Page 205

3
Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
(3) The final core aspect of activity is ‘Risk Dive’ where the purpose is to carry out an in-depth analysis of a specific
risk to form an opinion as to whether the risk is over, under or well controlled, and take forward any
improvement actions required.
 Risk Dive performance has not been as expected during 2023/24. The Board should note that a significant
amount of risk management development work has been progressed over 2023/24 and so limited capacity in
the Risk team meant that Risk Dive had to be set aside in favour of pursuing other priorities.  It is intended that
Risk Dive will recommence in 2024/25. 
New in 2023/24: The Corporate Management Team undertook a review of CRMG membership. To ensure that
senior colleagues across services are involved in the identification of risk, contribute to focused conversations
about risk and promote risk management initiatives, Directors nominated at least one Head of Service from each
service department to take on the role of lead risk rep. 
3.5 The website and intranet
The intranet has historically been home to our risk management information and has been a key tool for
communicating and providing risk management information and guidance for all staff with access to it. 
New in 2023/24: Recognising that not all staff can access the intranet and also that over the past year there has
been significant external interest in the council’s risk management arrangements, a new public-facing risk
management page has been developed on the council’s website, making risk information much more accessible. 
4. Risk Management Process 
4.1 The table below summarises the guidance which accompanies the risk management process. Applying this process in
all aspects of business helps officers to manage their activities and pursue opportunities in a way that helps achieve
objectives and prevent loss or harm. 
Establish the
context
Services consider risk in terms of context such as key themes and objectives, service priorities,
operational activities or projects, longer-term or shorter-term objectives.
Identify risk  Services carefully define their risks in such a way as to be clear about the situation presented
(opportunity, activity, service change, problem or challenge) and the consequences that may flow
from it. We use risk ‘bowtie’ analysis which employees are finding very visual and helpful in
understanding risk.
Analyse risk  Services analyse risk in terms of likelihood of occurrence and should it occur, its potential impact
using the standardised risk matrix.
Evaluate risk  Services evaluate risk in terms of significance, being either ‘low’, ‘moderate’, ‘high’ or ‘very high’ and
compare this with the council’s capacity and tolerance for risk.
Treat risk  Services consider a range of options when deciding on the most appropriate way to address their
risks, either through measures to terminate; transfer elsewhere (such as through insurance); tolerate
as it is; or, treat with cost effective measures to reduce it to a level where the exposure is acceptable
or tolerable for the council in keeping with its capacity and tolerance for risk.
Note: in the case of opportunities, services may ‘take’ an informed risk in terms of tolerating it if an
opportunity is judged to be (1) worthwhile pursuing and (2) the service is confident in its ability to
achieve the benefits and justify the risk.
Monitor and
review risk
Services are aware that once a risk assessment has been undertaken it is necessary to continue to
monitor and review the risk for changes in context or the measures that are in place to control it.
Communicate
and consult
Services are aware that it is good practice for at least two officers with relevant subject knowledge to
undertake risk assessment (in consultation with other officers if necessary) with the key outcomes of
the risk assessment process communicated to relevant persons (such as using the risk implications
section on Board papers). 
The standardised process for risk management within the council remains fit for purpose. 
The steps in the process have been embedded in the council’s new online risk management course. 
Page 199 of 230

Page 206

4
Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
5. Risk Management Application/ Results 
5.1 For risk management to truly add value for the organisation, it needs to be applied across the range of business
processes in operation throughout the council and all its service departments. This section provides an outline of
how this happens in practice across a range of business practices. 
5.2 Risk management continues to be a key component of the council's programme and project management
arrangements meaning that if risks are proactively addressed through each stage of a project, the desired outcomes
are more likely to be achieved, on time and within the planned budget. 
New in 2023/24: the Risk Manager delivered project risk management training with all Programme Management
Unit colleagues (in a train the trainer format) enabling colleagues to deliver this as part of project kick-offs to
support a more risk focused culture in the organisation. 
5.3 Each service continues to monitor their risks and refresh them annually, taking account of the service priorities and
service improvement plans. This means that risks relating to the service priorities are proactively addressed and
services are more likely to achieve their priorities and outcomes as planned. 
5.4 Each year, services bring to the attention of the Director of Finance and Resources any areas of unavoidable cost
pressures they are experiencing. During this process services can highlight instances where cost pressures relate to
risks, and this supports effective decisions to be made in financial planning. 
5.5 For risk assurance, as reported last year a new risk assurance model was developed post approval by the Corporate
Management Team in 2021, ready to go live in April 2023. 
New in 2023/24: The new Business as Usual Risk Assurance Model (working title: BaURAM © Renfrewshire
Council) went live as planned in April 2023.  The outputs from the model are being reported to the Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board as per the 6 monthly risk reporting requirements and separately by the Chief Auditor in relation
to annual governance assurance levels. The new model also facilitates the escalation of corporate gaps in
relation to some areas of activity with a corporate gap tracker also being reported to Board as part of the model. 
6. Reporting and Monitoring 
6.1 The governance arrangements in place during 2023/24 have continued to ensure clear lines of accountability for risk
management and continue to enable a suitable flow of risk information throughout the council.   
The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board received risk progress reports on time in May and November 2023. 
6.2 Each service has a representative on the Corporate Risk Management Group (the Group).  The Group has overseen
the 2023/24 strategic and corporate risks, monitoring progress.  Services have taken ownership of their risks with
processes being followed for reporting, and where necessary ‘escalation’ of significant risks to the Group. 
All service departments submitted their risk data on time for the progress reports to the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board as planned. 
6.3 The Corporate Risk Management Group continues to operate in a way that is more dynamic in terms of monitoring
risk activity across various risk registers and the Business as Usual Risk Assurance Model. 
6.4 In terms of monitoring performance in risk management the council historically participated in the ALARM/ CIPFA3
benchmarking club, using ALARM’s National Risk Management Performance Assessment Model. Although the
benchmarking club no longer exists the risk maturity model attached to it still does, describing maturity as:
▪ Level 1
Awareness
▪ Level 2
Happening
▪ Level 3
Working 
▪ Level 4
Embedded and integrated
▪ Level 5
Driving 
The council aims for and is performing at level 4. There is the possibility that the Performance Assessment
Model will be updated and so the council will review its performance against the revised model if/ when
released to ALARM members. 
3 Chartered Institute for Public Finance and Accountancy.
Page 200 of 230

Page 207

5
Document Title: Risk Management Annual Report 2023/2024
Service: N/A Lead Author Risk Manager and the Corporate Risk Management Group
Date Effective: 20 May 2024 Review Dates: Not applicable 
6.5 In relation to Key Performance Indicators for risk management, as previously reported in 2022/23, the set of
indicators previously in place were set aside on the basis that they had been superseded by the development work of
the previous 2 years. Last year we reported that new indicators would require to be established towards the end of
2024/25 for implementation in 2024/25. 
New in 2023/24: New KPIs have been agreed for implementation in 2024/25:
• % service departments represented at each risk ‘pulse’   (6 weekly) 
• % service departments meeting online risk module target   (annual, with ¼ly review) 
• % Strategic RM Development Plan actions met against target (annual, with ¼ly review) 
• % risk modules showing reasonable or substantial assurance  (annual with ¼ly review) 
• % deep dive exercises undertaken against target   (annual with ¼ly review) 
• % service departments reviewing full service risk profile on ¼ basis (quarterly review)
• % service departments undertaking horizon scanning, 6 monthly (6 monthly review)
• % 'Whose risk it anyway' delegate feedback (score 4 or above) (per course) 
7. Risk Management Function/ Training and Development 
7.1 The council’s Risk Management Training Strategy ensures we are clear about the council’s expectations as to the
degree of risk management knowledge required across a range of roles within the council, and the risk management
training and development solutions that are available and should be accessed through the council to enable
competence and capacity to manage risk within those roles. 
Training strategy updated to reflect new courses developed in 2023/24.
7.2 Over the course of 2023/24 the following has been delivered:
▪ Risk and insurance session for CPU colleagues
▪ Risk assurance briefing for CE senior management team
▪ Risk briefing for Finance and Resources senior management team
▪ Project risk management session for learning estate solutions
▪ Train the trainer session with the Programme Management Unit
▪ Bespoke risk management session/s for business management students
▪ Risk session for CMT (extended) along with legal, PMU colleagues and Zurich Municipal consultant
▪ Risk session for Leadership Development Programme in conjunction with SOLACE
▪ Whose risk is it anyway?
7.3 Ad hoc support, advice or training requests continue to be met so far as reasonably practical.
7.4 To continue to provide evidenced based training, development and advice for the council, the council’s Risk Manager
maintains continued professional development in her field and is qualified to Masters Level (MSc in Risk Management
awarded by Glasgow Caledonian University).
7.5 Through membership of some groups and organisations that include ALARM (the Public Risk Management
Association), the Risk Manager keeps abreast of risk management developments and best practice in other public-
sector organisations and local authority areas. The Risk Manager now sits on the ALARM Board and is presently
serving a two year term as ALARM President. This role means greater development opportunities that in turn serve
the council well.
7.6 Through the council’s contracts with Insurers and Insurance Brokers, the Risk and Insurance Team keep up to date
with developments in the insurance sector in order to ensure that the council’s insurance interests and liabilities are
protected so far as possible. 
New in 2023/24: Three new courses developed: Introduction to risk management (online), Whose Risk is it
Anyway? (in-person), and Insurance guide for procurement activities (online).
8. Conclusion
8.1 This Report has provided an overview of risk management arrangements and activity relating to 2023/24 in regard to
the council’s corporate-led risk management approach.  It is intended that the report provides assurance to the
Board.
Page 201 of 230

Page 208

Page 202 of 230

Page 209

To: Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board
On: 20 May 2024
Report by: Director of Finance & Resources
Heading:  AUDIT, RISK & SCRUTINY BOARD ANNUAL REPORT 2023/24
1 Summary
1.1 It is important that the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board fully complies with best
practice guidance on Audit Committees to ensure it can demonstrate its
effectiveness as a scrutiny body as a foundation for sound corporate
governance for the Council.
1.2 The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) issued an
updated guidance note entitled Audit Committees Practical Guidance for Local
Authorities and Police 2022 Edition, which incorporated CIPFA’s Position
Statement: Audit Committees in Local Authorities and Police which included the
production of an annual report on the performance of the Audit Board against
its remit for submission to the Council. 
1.3 The Annual Report for the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board for 2023/24 is attached
as an Appendix to this report for consideration by Members and provides an
overview of the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board’s activity during the period 1 August
2023 to 31 March 2024 and a summary of key developments.  It sets out how
the Committee has fulfilled its remit and provides assurances to the Council.
1.4 Due to the reporting period changing, as outlined in main report, this annual
report has a reduced reporting period and will only cover seven months of
activity from 1 August 2023 to 31 March 2024.  Going forward, the report will be
on a yearly basis using the dates specified above.
1.5 Members are asked to note the Annual Report for 2023/24 and agree that the
report be submitted to the next meeting of the Council to be held on 27 June
2024, in line with best practice guidance.
Item 10
Page 203 of 230

Page 210

2 Recommendations
(a) That the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board Annual Report 2023/24 be noted;
(b) Agree that the report should be submitted to the next meeting of the Council to
be held on 27 June 2024, in line with best practice guidance.
Implications of the Report
Financial – none
HR & Organisational Development – none
Community Planning – none
Legal – none
Property/Assets – none
Information Technology – none
Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have
been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have
been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report. If required
following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.
Health & Safety – none
Procurement – none
Risk – none
Privacy Impact – none
Cosla Policy Position – not applicable
Climate Risk – none
List Of Background Papers
CIPFA Guidance on Audit Committees for Local Authorities – October 2022.
Dargavel Primary – Independent External Review – Council 2 June 2023
Cross Party Working Group Review of Governance Arrangements – Council 29 February 2024
Author: Carol MacDonald, Senior Committee Services Officer,
Finance & Resources.
email: carol.macdonald@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 204 of 230

Page 211

To: Council
On: 27 June 2024
Report by: Director of Finance & Resources
Heading:  AUDIT, RISK & SCRUTINY BOARD ANNUAL REPORT 2023/24
1 Summary
1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide Council with an overview of Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board’s activity during the financial year 2023/24.  It sets out how the
Board has fulfilled its remit and provides assurance to those charged with
governance that it has fulfilled its purpose and demonstrated its impact.
1.2 It is important that the Board fully complies with best practice guidance on Audit
Committees to ensure it can demonstrate its effectiveness as a scrutiny body as a
foundation for sound corporate governance for the Council. The Chartered Institute
of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) issued an updated guidance note
entitled Audit Committees Practical Guidance for Local Authorities and Police 2022
Edition, which incorporated CIPFA’s Position Statement: Audit Committees in
Local Authorities and Police.  This set out CIPFA’s view of the role and functions
of an Audit Committee and included guidance on the production of an annual report
of an Audit Committee against its remit for submission to the Council.
1.3 The annual report should be timed to support the annual review of governance and
preparation of the Annual Governance Statement. This enables the Board to take
stock of the assurances it has received and the extent to which its own
performance has contributed to governance arrangements.
1.4 Taking the CIPFA guidance into account, and arising from the self-evaluation
development sessions, the reporting dates for this Annual Report has changed.
This annual report would normally cover the period 1 July to 31June, however, the
reporting period will now be 1 April to 31 March.  Because of the change-over, this
particular annual report has a reduced reporting period and will only cover seven
months of activity from 1 August 2023 to 31 March 2024.  Going forward, the report
will be on a yearly basis using the dates specified above.
APPENDIX 1
Page 205 of 230

Page 212

1.5 This annual report highlights the issues considered by the Board during the period 1
August 2023 to 31 March 2024 when the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board met five
times.  The report was submitted to the Board in terms of the Council’s Code of
Corporate Governance. 
1.6 At each meeting, the Board considered significant findings from Internal Audit
reports together with monitoring the progress made by management in completing
agreed actions to improve the Council’s control environment. It also considered
the status of external audit action plans arising from external audit reports received
and the external audit annual plan for 2023/24 from the external auditors in March
2024. 
1.7 At the Council’s Meeting on 22 June 2023 the Council noted the content of the
Independent External Review Report (“the Bowles Report”) and further noted the
Chief Executive’s response to the findings and recommendations of the Report. 
This report will give a brief summary of events and details the actions arising from
the report relative to the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board. 
1.8 In response to the Independent Review and recommendations made by the
Council’s external auditors, the Council agreed to undertake a self- assessment of
the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published good practice guide
for audit committees.  At the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board meeting on 6
November 2023, the Board agreed the format of the self-assessment and
members participated in two development sessions on 19 January and 26
February 2024. 
1.9 The self-assessment identified that some amendments to the governance of the
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board was required in order to improve clarity and address
some specific requirements from the CIPFA guidance.  As a result, revisions have
been made to the Terms of Reference, the Guidelines for the Operation of the
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board and the Role Descriptions for Councillors, Senior
Councillors and Leader of the Council. 
1.10 Council further agreed, in response to the Dargavel Primary School Review that a
Cross-Party Working Group would be set up to discuss and review existing
governance arrangements and that authority would be delegated to the Head of
Corporate Governance to make the arrangements for the cross-party body.  The
Group set its own agenda and reviewed and examined all areas of interest to it.
The Group also invited officers to address them on key areas. The findings and
outcomes of their review in relation to the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board are set out
within the body of this report. 
2 Recommendations 
2.1 That the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board Annual Report 2023/24 be noted; 
Page 206 of 230

Page 213

3 Background and Context 
3.1 Remit and Role of the Board 
The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board is a key component of the Council’s governance
framework. Its purpose is to provide an independent and high-level focus on the
adequacy of governance, risk and control arrangements. The Board’s role in
ensuring that there is sufficient assurance over governance risk and control gives
greater confidence to all those charged with governance that those arrangements
are effective. 
The Board has oversight of both internal and external audit together with financial
and governance reports, helping to ensure that there are adequate arrangements
in place for both internal challenge and public accountability. 
3.2 Scrutiny enables members to review decisions, policies and performance that affect
the Council and helps to ensure that the services and policies meet the Council’s
aims and standards. The scrutiny process not only provides a means of reviewing
the Council’s own services but enables examination of services provided by other
organisations on issues causing public concern. 
3.3 In order to fulfil the remit, the Board sought assurance on the adequacy and
effectiveness of the Council’s systems of governance, risk management and
internal control to ensure efficient operations and the highest standards of probity
and accountability. This was achieved through reports received from Internal Audit,
other Council functions and External Audit with focus in particular on internal
control and governance. 
4 Core Functions of the Audit Committee 
4.1 The core functions of the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board reflects both standard
practice for audit committees across all sectors and the specific legislative and
professional standards requirements for local authorities.  The CIPFA Position
Statement sets out the core functions of the audit committee as follows. 
 Supporting the establishment and maintenance of good governance, risk
management and control arrangements. 
 Supporting accountability and public reporting, in particular the financial
statements and the annual governance statement, and other statements
that accompany the financial statements. 
 Supporting the establishment and maintenance of good arrangements for
internal audit and external audit. 
4.2 The Audit Committee met 5 times during 2023/24 comprising meetings on 21
August, 26 September, 6 November 2023, 22 January and 18 March 2024
respectively, to consider reports relevant to the Audit cycle and other matters as
deemed appropriate.  Pre-Agenda meetings were also held ahead of the Board
meeting involving the Convenor, Depute-Convenor and appropriate officers.  
Page 207 of 230

Page 214

4.3 All meetings were held using the Microsoft Teams platform to allow remote
participation.  All Board meetings were hybrid, webcast live and made available
publicly on the Council’s live-streaming website. 
5 Membership of the Board and Political Balance 
5.1 In accordance with Renfrewshire Council’s Standing Orders membership of the
Audit Committee comprises nine Elected Members drawn from all the political
parties represented on the Council, having regard to the party balance on the
Council (3 Administration/6 opposition groups/parties).  The quorum of the Audit,
Risk & Scrutiny Board is 3 Elected Members. 
5.2 The Convener is an independent member and the Depute Convener is from an
opposition party.  In terms of the Council’s procedural standing orders, members
have been drawn from the political parties represented on the Council on a
proportionate basis, having regard to party balance on the Council.  It should be
noted that Members of the Leadership Board and Members who are Conveners of
another Board may not be members of the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board. 
5.3 The Members of the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board are as follows:- 
NAME PARTY POSITION APPOINTED TO
BOARD
Councillor Andy Doig IND Convener June 2022
Councillor Janis McDonald LAB Depute-Convener
(appointed Feb 2024) June 2022
Councillor Jennifer Adam SNP Member June 2022
Councillor Chris Gilmour LAB Member June 2022
Councillor John Gray CONS Member June 2022
Councillor Lisa-Marie Hughes SPN Member June 2022
Councillor Robert Innes SNP Member June 2022
Councillor James MacLaren CONS Member June 2022
Councillor Ben Smith LAB Member February 2024 
5.4 CIPFA advises that “Elected Members of local authorities are part of the body
charged with governance and bring knowledge of the organisation, its objectives
and policies to the Audit committee”.  Members with experience in scrutiny or
standards offer additional knowledge of activity, risks and challenges affecting
those areas.  Ideally, the selection of elected members to the audit board will take
account of aptitude and experience. 
5.5 The Cross-Party Working Group report submitted to Council on 29 February 2024,
suggested that additional support to the Board, perhaps through external
independent membership, particularly from a finance/accounts background, may
be appropriate.  
Page 208 of 230

Page 215

5.6 Attendance by Officers at the Board Meetings 
All Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board meetings were attended by the Chief Auditor
(except 26 September 2023), Head of Corporate Governance and the Director of
Finance & Resources.  Other senior officers also attended meetings as appropriate
for items on the agenda for which their presence was relevant.  Representatives
from the Council’s external auditors - Azets Scotland, the appointed external
auditors, were also present at all the meeting. 
6 Governance Arrangements 
6.1 The Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board is different from the Policy Boards.  It is politically
neutral with the Convener and Depute Convener being selected from different
parties.  The role of the Convener is undertaken from outwith the Administration
and Party Whips do not apply.  The Committee reports to the full Council. 
6.2 There are a wide-ranging set of arrangements to support the running of the Council
in place and these are reassessed each year by Internal Audit and reported
through the Board.  It should be noted that the Council’s external audit
arrangements have never flagged any material issues with governance
arrangements in the Council, however, there are always opportunities to improve
and strengthen governance arrangements. 
6.3 The Terms of Reference for the Board differ as there is no general delegation on
specific service performance monitoring.  The Board has specific delegations:- 
• Audit: Including acting as the Council’s Audit Committee
• Corporate Governance: The Council’s code of corporate governance
• Risk Management: Including approval of the risk management strategy
• Monitoring and Reviewing Service Delivery Performance, Policies and
Practices
• Community Leadership through Monitoring of Other Public Bodies
• Standards and Ethics: in relation to Elected Members
• Written Intimations: Specific requests from Members of the Board 
6.4 The Board, at the meeting held on 18 March 2024 considered a report which
highlighted the outcome from the two development sessions and identified the
revisions to be made to the Terms of Reference, the Role Descriptions for
Councillors, Senior Councillors and Leader of the Council and changes to the
Guidelines for the Operation of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board, which took in
the suggestion by the Cross Party Working Group, to include the option for the
Board to appoint up to 2 individuals as non-voting lay members.  Details of all the
governance changes are outlined within the report CIPFA Audit Committee
Guidance – Self Assessment and Action Plan, submitted to the Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board on 18 March 2024. 
Page 209 of 230

Page 216

6.5 Two aspects of the current Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board Terms of Reference
were identified that would be better considered by another Board or by Council. 
• It was felt that the consideration of the quarterly absence statistics and the
annual report in relation to absence would be better considered by the
Finance, Resources and Customer Services Policy Board. This change
could be achieved without any amendment to the Policy Board Terms of
Reference, as these reports could be considered under clause 13. “To
provide oversight and review of the Council’s workforce planning,
organisational development and human resource strategies and plans” and
clause 27.  “To approve and oversee policies in relation to health, safety
and welfare of Council employees and service users for whom they are
responsible”. 
• Members also expressed a view that the annual report from the Standards
Commission would be better considered by the full Council. Again, no
change would be required to the Scheme of Delegated Functions other than
the amendment already set out within the revised document. 
7 Dargavel Primary School Independent Review and Accounts Commission
Section 102 Report for School Accommodation for Dargavel Village 
7.1 The findings of the independent review into the circumstances of the errors in
planning and delivery of primary school provision in the Dargavel area were
reported to Council in June 2023. At the same meeting, a further report was
presented outlining the initial high level Council response to the recommendations
of the independent review. 
7.2  Subsequent to the initial high-level response provided at the June Council meeting
immediately after the report publication, a more detailed range of specific actions
were developed over the summer period by officers which were actively
progressed at pace. 
7.3 As part of the Council’s wider governance arrangements, the Audit, Risk and
Scrutiny Board considered a report on 6 November 2023 in relation to the actions
identified by the Council and the headway achieved to progress them.  It was noted
that many of the actions had already been approved through an appropriate 
policy board and that the Council’s response to the independent review
recommendations had been considered in detail by the Council’s external auditors
and reported on as part of the annual audit report.  It was further noted that the
actions outlined within the report had been incorporated into the regular risk
reporting arrangements in place for the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board and that
regular reports on progress would also be provided to future Board meetings.  
Page 210 of 230

Page 217

7.4 At the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny meeting held on 22 January 2024, a report was
considered advising Members that the Council had been informed that the
Controller of Audit had decided to use the reporting powers available to her under
s102 (1) of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 to bring the Dargavel issue,
and the action the Council was now taking in response to the Bowles report, to the
attention of the Accounts Commission.  The report also provided an update and
further detail on the actions the Council had taken, and plans to take, in addressing
the recommendations within the Independent Review. 
7.5 At the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny meeting held on 18 March 2024, a report was
submitted in relation to Dargavel advising Members of several developments: 
(i) that a SMART action plan had been developed detailing the Council’s
response with a commitment that updates on the plan would be provided to
the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board going forward. 
(ii) That the Council’s Meeting of 29 February 2024 had considered the
Account Commission’s report and agreed a number of actions and that
those actions would be incorporated into the independent review response
monitoring arrangements reported to this Board. 
(iii) The Cross-Party Working Group had concluded their findings and had set
out a detailed action plan. 
7.6 A copy of the report which went to the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board on 18 March
2024 is available with here - Actions Monitoring Report - Dargavel Primary School
Independent Review and Accounts Commission Section 102 Report for School
Accommodation for Dargavel Village. 
8 Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board Activity and Issues considered by the Board
during 2023/24 
8.1 Audit of Accounts - The Board at the meeting held on 6 November 2023 considered
a report relative to the audit of the Council’s 2022/23 accounts. The report intimated
that the 2022/23 unaudited Annual Accounts were approved at the meeting of the
Council held on 22 June 2023.  Each year the Council's appointed external auditors
carry out an audit of the Council’s financial statements and provide an opinion as
to whether the statements provide a true and fair view of the financial position of
the Council and its income and expenditure for the year; and whether they had
been prepared in accordance with the relevant regulations. 
The report advised that there were two changes made to the annual accounts over
the course of the audit in relation to the pension fund disclosures and the
revaluation of properties.  Other minor and presentational changes were also
agreed.  
Page 211 of 230

Page 218

8.2 Annual Internal Audit Plan 2024/25 – The Board at the meeting held on 18 March
2024 agreed a risk-based internal audit plan for 2024/25.  The plan considered the
outcomes of the internal corporate and service risk identification and evaluation
processes, and the current business environment.  In addition to undertaking work
which would provide assurance on the robustness of key internal controls, the plan
sought to reflect the key priorities and challenges for the Council.   
The report set out the methods that had been employed to facilitate production of
the Plan and the influencing factors that had been considered in the assessment
of the current business environment and the priority areas of audit. 
Progress on the 2023/24 annual audit plan and summaries on the findings and
conclusions of each audit assignment were reported to the Board on a quarterly 
basis. 
8.3 External Audit and External Audit Plan 2023/24 – The Board at the meeting held on
18 March 2024 considered a report which outlined Azets’ approach to the audit of
the 2023/24 annual accounts and the Coats Observatory to assess whether they
provided a true and fair view of the financial position of the Council, and whether
they had been prepared in accordance with proper accounting practice. The plan
outlined the responsibilities of Azets and the Council, their assessment of key
challenges and risks and the approach and timetable for completion of the 2022/23
audit. 
At the meeting of the Board on 6 November 2023, Azets, the External Auditor,
submitted a Best Value Thematic report as part of the annual audit process.  The
report noted that the last formal report on best value activities in Renfrewshire had
been published in 2017 and was undertaken by previous external auditors Audit
Scotland.  Regular reports on follow-up best value audit activities were reported to
the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board as part of the annual audit reporting process.  In
March 2023, the Accounts Commission announced a new approach to auditing
best value in local authorities.  This ensured compliance against the statutory duty
but was now fully integrated within the annual audit undertaken each year. 
Detailed best value work was also carried out each year around a particular theme
selected nationally, with findings collated into a national report.  The report noted
that this was the first year that this process had been undertaken in relation to
Renfrewshire Council. 
8.4 Internal Audit Findings – The Board considered quarterly reports on the findings of
internal audit in terms of national guidance produced by CIPFA on the
implementation of audit committee principles in Scottish local authorities, in line with
which internal audit submitted regular reports on the findings of audit work to the
Board based on the work of internal audit and detailing the key issues arising.  
Page 212 of 230

Page 219

8.5 Internal Audit and Counter Fraud Progress and Performance – The Board
considered regular reports which detailed progress and performance in terms of
delivery of the audit plans for the internal audit and counter fraud teams.  The
Director of Finance & Resources had set annual targets to demonstrate continuous
improvement.  In terms of counter fraud, due to the diverse nature of fraud referrals,
no formal performance targets had been established and the outcomes from
investigations were monitored and reported on a regular basis by the Council’s
management. 
8.6 Audit Scotland Reports – during the period covered by this report, there were three
reports submitted from Audit Scotland: Local Government in Scotland – Financial
Bulletin 2022/23; National Fraud Initiative 2020/21; Renfrewshire Council Housing
Benefit Performance Audit; and Local Government in Scotland Overview 2023. 
Each report highlighted key points and the Council’s position where available.
8.7 Strategic, Corporate and Service Risks – The Board, at meetings held on 26
September and 6 November 2023, considered the latest position in managing the
council’s risks entering the respective quarters of the financial year. 
8.8 Annual Complaints Handling 2022/23 – The Board at the meeting held on 21
August 2023 considered a report which detailed complaints received by the Council
from 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2023 and how this information had been used to
ensure that the Council delivered high quality, efficient and responsive services. A
summary was included of the numbers and types of complaints received;
responded to within timescales; customer satisfaction monitoring; and key
complaint areas including what was being done to address the issues raised. 
The report advised that 9,155 complaints had been received in 2022/23 compared
with 9,193 in 2021/22 and 6,179 in 2020/21.  The report noted that the pandemic
had resulted in a reduced volume of complaints in 2021/22. 
The report detailed the performance on key indicators, and highlighted
improvements made to the complaints handling process over the past year to
ensure that complaints were handled well. 
8.9 Corporate Governance – The Board, at its meeting held on 18 March 2024
considered a report by the Chief Auditor which reviewed the adequacy and
effectiveness of the revised Local Code of Corporate Governance.  Internal Audit
carried out a sample check of the evidence used to demonstrate compliance and
confirmed that the Council complied with the requirements of the Local Code of
Corporate Governance.  In addition, it was evident that the Local Code had been
subject to review and updates in line with developments in best practice and any
revised Council Policies. 
At the same meeting on 18 March 2024 the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board
considered a report by the Chief Executive which reviewed the Council’s Local
Code of Corporate Governance for the year 2022/23 and provided evidence of
how the Council complied with the Code.  The evidence presented within the report
demonstrated that strong governance arrangements had remained and were in
place within the Council, and that Councillors and Officers were working together
to lead and manage the Council in order to provide vital public services. 
Page 213 of 230

Page 220

8.10 Absence Statistics - The Board considered reports on absence returns with the
statistics broken down by service and category of staff, including information
relative to absence targets and how services had performed against them.  An
analysis for absence had also been compiled and details were included within each
report. 
Annual Reports by other Bodies 
8.11 Scottish Public Services Ombudsman (SPSO) – Annual Report 2022/23 – The
Board at the meeting held on 22 January 2024 considered a report which
highlighted that the health sector was the sector which the SPSO received most
complaints, with local authority cases receiving the second highest number. Nearly
two-thirds of cases received were about health and local authorities. 
The report advised that information received separately from the SPSO indicated
that the number of complaints received relative to Renfrewshire was 35 compared
to 43 in 2021/22.  Of the 35 complaints determined by the SPSO during 2022/23,
were completed at the early resolution stage and 13 reached the advice stage. 
8.12 Commission for Ethical Standards in Public Life in Scotland: Annual Report 2022/23
- The Board at the meeting held on 22 January 2024 considered a report which
detailed the work of the Commissioner during the year, provided details of the
investigation of complaints about the conduct of councillors, members of devolved
public bodies, MSPs and scrutiny of Scotland’s ministerial public appointments
process. 
The report advised of revised governance arrangements, reinstated transparency
reporting and a new rolling biennial business covering all office functions. 
8.13 Scottish Information Commissioner Annual Report 2022/23 – The Board at its
meeting held on 22 January 2024 considered a report which intimated that the
Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 (FOISA) created a general right to
obtain information from any designated Scottish public authority subject to limited
exemptions. The annual report explored the performance of the Office of the
Scottish Information Commissioner across the year and how FOISA could 'add
demonstrable value to public services' within Scotland. 
8.14 Annual Programme of Reviews - The Board undertakes reviews by examining 
a subject through consideration of evidence from Council officers, other
organisations and service users.  Once all the evidence has been collected, the
lead officer prepares a report on the Board’s behalf outlining the findings and
recommendations and following approval by the Board, the report is submitted to
the Council for consideration. 
The External Auditors advised that “In relation to the scrutiny of service delivery
and performance, it is suggested that the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board would
select particular areas for investigation as part of its annual programme.” 
It was agreed that officers would assist members to develop the Boards annual
programme of reviews to ensure that due consideration is given to the corporate
risks and priorities.
Page 214 of 230

Page 221

Members will still have the ability to submit written intimations to the Board to
consider matters they would like reviewed.  A session will be held annually with
officers and members to consider strategic and corporate risks and Council
priorities to inform the development of the annual programme of reviews. The
Guidance for the operation of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board has been updated
to reflect this. 
A full update on the Annual Programme of Reviews 2022/2023 and 2023/24 was
the subject of a separate report on the agenda for the meeting of the Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board held on 20 May 2024. 
9 Delivering Effectiveness and Strengthening the Audit Board 
9.1 In response to the Dargavel Primary School Independent Review and
recommendations made by the Council’s external auditors, the Council agreed to
undertake an assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s
published good practice guide for audit committees. 
9.2 An initial assessment of the current arrangements was undertaken by officers
against the self-assessment of good practice checklist and the evaluating the
impact and effectiveness of the audit committee checklist, provided in the
guidance. 
9.3 At the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board meeting on 6 November 2023, the Board
agreed the format of a self-assessment and members participated in two
development sessions, on 19 January and 26 February 2024. 
9.4 The development session on 19 January 2024 looked in depth at: 
• whether the Board was operating in accordance with the practices
recommended and complied with legislation (where appropriate).
• How the Board had fulfilled its terms of reference, including the core
functions of the committee.
• The operation of the Board, including the support and training provided and
how members would develop their knowledge and experience.
• The Board’s effectiveness in terms of impact on the quality of governance,
risk management and internal control, together with satisfactory audit
arrangements. 
9.5 The development session on 26 February 2024 discussed: 
• Review of discussion at development day session, and agreement of
proposed actions
• Consideration of other benchmarking information
• Review the suggested changes to the ARSB ToR (and whether any other
policy board ToRs also need reviewed)
• Consider any revisions required to the ARSB guidelines document, and
potentially definition of a specific senior councillor role for the ARSB
Convener
Page 215 of 230

Page 222

• Feedback on member skills/experience self-evaluation; future training
requirements and external independent membership
• Consider the audit planning approach (and whether any specific items may
require to be included in the 24/25 audit plan)
• Consider issues for inclusion in the formal ARSB evaluation report for
consideration at 18 March meeting, including specific recommendations for
Council to consider on 9 May. 
9.6 The output from the two development days identified a number of areas of good
practice and a draft action plan was developed which are outlined within the report
CIPFA Audit Committee Guidance – Self Assessment and Action Plan, submitted
to the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board on 18 March 2024. 
9.7 Members also requested that the current arrangements were benchmarked with
other Local Authorities. The benchmarking information was discussed, at the
second development session on 26 February 2024 and members agreed that the
current arrangement was broadly consistent with other Local Authorities across
the areas of good practice covered in the guidance.  A summary of the key points
arising from the benchmarking exercise, which focused on the membership and
functions of Scottish Local Authorities Audit Committee is outlined at Appendix 2a
and 2b within the CIPFA Audit Committee Guidance – Self Assessment and Action
Plan report submitted to the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board on 18 March 2024. 
9.8 In line with national guidance by the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and
Accountancy (CIPFA) on the implementation of audit committee principles in
Scottish local authorities Audit boards should have access to support to guide them
in their roles, help them to understand the key agenda items, and to keep them
informed of new developments. 
9.9 As a result, Section 1.13 of the Guidelines for Operation of the Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board - Role of Members, has been amended to recommend that all
members of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board undertake an annual assessment
of knowledge and skills which will be used to develop an annual training and
development programme, as recommended in the CIPFA guidance.  The Terms
of Reference and the Guidelines for the Operation of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board have been updated to formalise this change.   The revised documents are
attached as appendices to the CIPFA Audit Committee Guidance – Self
Assessment and Action Plan report which was submitted to the Audit, Risk &
Scrutiny Board on 18 March 2024. 
9.10 A programme of training and development for members has now been prepared
and further development will be considered following the completion of the
Knowledge and Skills Framework from the CIPFA guidance. The proposed topics
are detailed below: 
• Governance arrangements and the value of good governance
• Financial management arrangements
• Overview of financial reporting
• Role of External Audit  
Page 216 of 230

Page 223

Where individual members indicated specific development requirements, it has
been agreed that the Chief Auditor will arrange for one-to-one meetings to
determine how best to support each members development. 
9.11 It should be noted that a wide range of briefings and other training was offered to
elected members during 2023/24. A training record is kept by Committee Services. 
9.12 During the week of 14 August 2023 Members undertook a focussed week of
briefings, clinics and skills workshops.  Some of the workshops were topics around
feedback from members following evaluation of the induction programme.  
The development programme included examining the latest guidance in the Local
Code of Conduct for Councillors. 
Implications of the Report 
Financial – none
HR & Organisational Development – none
Community Planning – none
Legal – none
Property/Assets – none
Information Technology – none
Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report have
been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have
been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report. If required
following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.
Health & Safety – none
Procurement – none
Risk – none
Privacy Impact – none
Cosla Policy Position – not applicable
Climate Risk – none 
List Of Background Papers
CIPFA Guidance on Audit Committees for Local Authorities – October 2022.
Dargavel Primary – Independent External Review – Council 2 June 2023
Cross Party Working Group Review of Governance Arrangements – Council 29 February 2024 
Author: Carol MacDonald, Senior Committee Services Officer, 
Finance & Resources.  
email: carol.macdonald@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 217 of 230

Page 224

Page 218 of 230

Page 225

1 
To: Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board 
On: 20 May 2024 
Report by: Director of Finance & Resources 
Heading: AUDIT, RISK & SCRUTINY BOARD ANNUAL
PROGRAMME 2023/24 - 2024/25 
1 Summary 
1.1 Each year the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board prepares a report on the annual
programme of reviews.  The guidelines suggest that in relation to (a) scrutiny of
service delivery and performance and (b) monitoring and reviewing service
delivery, performance, policies and practices, the Board may select particular
areas for investigation as part of its annual programme, thereafter making
recommendations to the Council. 
1.2 In relation to the Council's role in community leadership, the guidelines
recognise that this is not clear cut and requires to be considered carefully to
ensure that the respective functions and responsibilities of other public bodies
are not compromised but that the Board allows the Council to provide a forum
for an informed public debate on these issues. 
1.3 Each year it has been the practice that members of the Board are asked to
suggest topics for investigation and to provide information in relation to why the
investigation should be undertaken and the anticipated outcome. A report is
thereafter submitted to the Board outlining the suggestions received in order
that the Board can agree its annual programme.  However, in response to the
Independent External Review (“the Bowles Report”), and recommendations
made by the Council’s external auditors, the Council agreed to undertake a self-
assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published
good practice guide for audit committees.  This included looking at the
Programme of Reviews. 
Item 11
Page 219 of 230

Page 226

2 
1.4 Taking the CIPFA guidance into account, and arising from self-evaluation
development sessions, changes have been made to the reporting period.  The
reporting dates for this annual report has changed.  The period normally covered
is from 1 July to 31June, however, the reporting period will now be 1 April to 31
March.  Because of the change-over, this particular annual report has a reduced
reporting period and will only cover 7 months activity from 1 August 2023 to 31
March 2024.  Going forward, the report will be on a yearly basis using the dates
specified above. 
1.5 This report highlights the issues encountered this year and updates Members
on the progress of the Annual Programme for 2023/24 and details the proposals
for the Programme of Reviews for 2024/25. 
2 Recommendations 
2.1 That the Reviews detailed at Paragraph 6 in the report form the basis for the
Board’s 2024/25 Annual Programme of Reviews; and 
2.2 That the proposals outlined within Section 5 of the report be agreed. 
3 Background 
3.1 The 2023/24 Annual Programme was agreed at the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board
on 21 August 2023.  The following reviews went forward as part of the Annual
Programme: 
• Charges for bulk items uplift for the elderly;
• Neighbour Disputes;
• Lack of house and garden maintenance by some tenants and residents; and
• Lead Piping in Public and Private Housing in Renfrewshire. 
3.2 The review on charges for bulk Items uplift for the elderly was presented to the
Board on 5 November 2023 and noted by Council on 14 December 2023. 
3.3 The final report on neighbour disputes is nearing completion and should be on
the agenda for the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny Board to be held in June 2024. 
Thereafter the report will go forward for noting at the Council meeting on 26
September 2024. 
3.4 At the meeting of the Board held on 18 March 2024, Councillor James MacLaren
submitted a request for a review to be carried out by the Audit, Risk & Scrutiny
Board in relation to the LED streetlights not providing enough light for pedestrians. 
At the meeting it was agreed that the matter may be considered as part of a
future review following the conclusions of the Infrastructure, Land and
Environment Policy Board.  
Page 220 of 230

Page 227

3 
3.5 At the same meeting of the Board held on 18 March 2024, Councillor James
MacLaren submitted another request for a review to be carried out by the Audit,
Risk & Scrutiny Board in relation to the possible closure of local police stations
within Renfrewshire. It was agreed that the matter may be considered as part of
a future review following the conclusions of the Police and Fire and Rescue Sub-
Committee. 
4 Independent External Review in relation to Programme of Reviews 
4.1 In response to the Independent External Review and recommendations made
by the Council’s external auditors, the Council agreed to undertake a self-
assessment of the Audit Risk and Scrutiny Board against CIPFA’s published
good practice guide for audit committees.  This included looking at the
Programme of Reviews.  The External Auditors advised that “In relation to the
scrutiny of service delivery and performance, it is suggested that the Audit, Risk
and Scrutiny Board would select particular areas for investigation as part of its
annual programme.” 
4.2 The Cross-Party Working Group: Review of Governance Arrangements which
was submitted to Council on 29 February 2024 recommended that the annual
programme required some examination, with some of the matters considered in
recent years by the Board perhaps not having been of a significant nature. The
Group felt that the Board should refocus on areas of significance to the Council’s
risk register, financial challenges and major capital projects. 
4.3 At the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board meeting on 6 November 2023, the Board
agreed the format of the self-assessment and members participated in two
development sessions on 19 January and 26 February 2024 and an informal
session in relation to the Programme of Reviews on 29 April 2024. 
5 Proposals 
5,1 Arising from the two development sessions and the informal session on 29 April,
several proposals were put forward: 
• That officers would assist members to develop the Board’s annual programme
of reviews to ensure that due consideration was given to the corporate risks and
priorities; 
• That Members would still have the ability to submit written intimations to the
Board to consider matters they would like reviewed.  A session would be held
annually with officers and members to consider strategic and corporate risks
and Council priorities to inform the development of the annual programme of
reviews. The Guidance for the operation of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board
has been updated to reflect this; 
• that Cyber Security and City Deal Governance and Arrangements be added to
the list of investigations;  
Page 221 of 230

Page 228

4 
• That once a briefing had taken place on a particular review, the Board may take
the decision to refer the matter back to the appropriate board for their
consideration (taking into account the six-month ruling); 
• That in regard to the current approach to the Programme of Reviews where
officers were appointed by the Board to investigate issues, a further step be
introduced at the beginning of the process to allow officers to present a briefing
on the subject to members on the relevant issue.  If members were happy with
the service, strategies and risk management provisions in place then the
investigation would come to an end.  However, if members had any further
concerns or wished further information then a Lead Officer would be appointed
and a review would commence; and 
• That guidelines be drawn up for Members of the Board on the selection and
prioritisation of reviews. 
6 Programme of Reviews Workplan 2024/25 
6.1 Members are asked to agree that the following topics go forward as the
workplan for the Programme of Reviews 2024/25: 
• Lack of house and garden maintenance by some tenants and residents; and
• Lead piping in public and private housing in Renfrewshire.
• LED streetlights not providing enough light for pedestrians;
• Possible closure of Police Stations;
• Cyber Security
• City Deal Governance and Arrangements  
Page 222 of 230

Page 229

5 
Implications of the Report 
Financial – none
HR & Organisational Development – none
Community Planning – none
Legal – none
Property/Assets – none
Information Technology – none
Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report. If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will
be published on the Council’s website.
Health & Safety – none
Procurement – none
Risk – none
Privacy Impact – none
Cosla Policy Position – not applicable
Climate Risk – none 
List Of Background Papers
CIPFA Guidance on Audit Committees for Local Authorities – October 2022.
Dargavel Primary – Independent External Review – Council 2 June 2023
Cross Party Working Group Review of Governance Arrangements – Council 29
February 2024 
Author: Carol MacDonald, Senior Committee Services Officer, 
Finance & Resources.  
email: carol.macdonald@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 223 of 230

Page 230

Page 224 of 230

Page 231

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board 
On:  20 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Lead Officer
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Neighbour Disputes
___________________________________________________________________    
1. Summary 
1.1 At the meeting on 22nd August 2022, members of the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny
Board agreed an annual programme of activity for the Board for 2022/23. This
included an investigation into neighbour disputes in Renfrewshire. 
1.2 Following the Board in March 2023 there was a change in Lead Officer. This
has brought about a change in timescales due to handover.   
1.3 The review had initially been focusing on Category B and C antisocial
behaviour and neighbour nuisance complaints. In the course of the review,
and in particular speaking with those with lived experience of neighbour
nuisance and antisocial behaviour, a focus on Category D incidents (classed
as estate management) has emerged. These incidents relate to issues
including dog fouling, waste, communal spaces and other common issues that
can lead to neighbour disputes, or can escalate tensions. 
1.4 As a result of this, a need was identified for a focus on this area of complaints
in order to explore in further detail and identify and optimise opportunities for
early intervention. An updated timescale is included in Section 4 within the
report for approval, in order to allow time for this deeper exploration to take
place.
___________________________________________________________________
2.  Recommendations 
The Board is asked to:
• note the progress contained within the report; and
• approve the updated timescale as outlined in Section 4 of this report.
___________________________________________________________________     
Item 12
Page 225 of 230

Page 232

3.  Background 
3.1 At the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board in August 2022 it was agreed that the
review of Neighbour Disputes be looked at in the widest sense and should
also include anti-social behaviour. It was agreed that the purpose of the
investigation into neighbour disputes would be fourfold: 
1. Try to establish the scale and nature of neighbour disputes in
Renfrewshire,
2. Set out the current arrangements and approach the Council and
other stakeholders have for responding to neighbour disputes,
3. Review the current disposals/actions that are available to the
Council and others to resolve neighbour disputes, and
4. Identify any other approaches, policy changes or mitigating actions
that could be available to the Council within existing resources. 
4.  Updated Timetable for Neighbour Disputes Investigation 
4.1 The review has progressed through 2024, following a change in Lead Officer.
The review has included interviews with a range of stakeholders – internal
Officers, local Housing Associations, Police Scotland, a range of other
Scottish Local Authorities and residents with lived experience of neighbour
nuisance and/or antisocial behaviour. 
4.2 The review had initially been focusing on Category B and C antisocial
behaviour and neighbour nuisance complaints. In the course of the review,
and in particular speaking with those with lived experience of neighbour
nuisance and antisocial behaviour, a focus on Category D incidents (classed
as estate management) has emerged. These incidents relate to issues
including dog fouling, waste, communal spaces and other common issues that
can lead to neighbour disputes, or can escalate existing tensions. 
4.2 As a result of this, a need was identified for a focus on this area of complaints
in order to explore in further detail and identify and optimise opportunities for
early intervention to prevent escalation. A workshop is proposed, with all key
stakeholders represented and a collective approach being undertaken to
identify: 
- the key challenges and issues and the scale of the problem, including
trends and patterns
- potential areas for process and/or service improvements, including
opportunities to improve data 
- how we can approach and resource improvements
- clear procedures which can be put in place to contribute to improved
outcomes
- cross-departmental commitment to take forward and embed proposed
changes  
4.3 In order to allow time for this work to be undertaken, an updated timetable is
proposed below: 
Date of Board Meeting  Stage of Investigation 
23rd January 2023  Scoping paper to initiate investigation - Complete
Page 226 of 230

Page 233

13th March 2023  Continuation of investigation - Complete 
22nd January 2024  Continuation of investigation - Complete 
18th March 2024  Continuation of investigation - Complete 
20th May 2024 - Revised  Continuation of investigation – to enable focus on
Category D incidents 
19th August 2024 - Revised  Draft Final Report to Board 
26th September 2024 -
Revised  Final Report to Full Council 
5.  Progress Update 
5.1 The investigation has been progressing well and research has now been
completed across the 4 main areas within the scope of the review, which will
then form the identification of any other approaches, policy changes or
mitigating actions that could be available to the Council within existing
resources. 
5.2 Research to date has involved communications with a number of other
Scottish Local Authorities, Local Housing Associations, Police Scotland and
key internal stakeholders, as well as speaking with residents with lived
experience of neighbour nuisance and/or antisocial behaviour. It has been
through this research that the value of a focus on Category D incidents
(classified as estate management) was identified. 
5.3 In addition, there were an outstanding query from the March Board, whereby
there was a requirement to clarify with the relevant Services in order to
respond. This is confirmed as follows: 
5.3.1 Numbers of Officers with Mental Health First Aid training:
To enhance support for employee health and wellbeing, Renfrewshire Council
have a trained group of Mental Health First Aiders (MHFAs) in the workplace
who act as a first point of contact for any employees experiencing a mental
health issue or emotional distress. This measure is primarily for the mental
health of staff and those who are experiencing difficulties. Mental wellbeing
can also be impacted by the increase in complex issues in cases frontline
staff are experiencing. However, this learning can also be used in relation to
cases within the community as principles are transferable and can be applied
in community settings, for example while Officers are awaiting advice from
community nursing teams. 
There are currently 67 trained Mental Health First Aiders across the Council,
covering all service areas. The full list of MHFAs along with contact details are
on the Staff Info pages of the internal website and they can also be
recognised in the workplace by their purple lanyards. 
6.  Next Steps
6.1 To ensure the broadest review based on information to date, the next steps
will include a workshop with all key services and departments in attendance,
in order to take a collective approach with a focus on estate management.
Page 227 of 230

Page 234

This will highlight approaches and opportunities for early intervention in order
to prevent escalation. This will help to identify any potential gaps in service
provision or areas in the process where improvements could be made from
both a departmental and a service user point of view.   
6.2 The next report to Board in August will provide a final summary of the overall
review and seek approval for its submission to full Council. 
Page 228 of 230

Page 235

Implications of the Report 
1. Financial - None directly arising from this report.  
2. HR & Organisational Development - None directly arising from this report. 
3. Community/Council Planning - None directly arising from this report.   
4. Legal - None directly arising from this report. 
5. Property/Assets – No current implications. 
6. Information Technology – No current implications. 
7. Equality and Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No
negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the
report because it relates to carrying out an investigation on behalf of the Board. If
required following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the
mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment
will be published on the Council’s website.     
8. Health and Safety - No current implications. 
9.  Procurement - No current implications. 
10. Risk - No current implications. 
11.  Privacy Impact - No current implications. 
12. COSLA Policy Position - No current implications. 
13. Climate Risk - No current implications.
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers: 
Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board Annual Programme
Neighbour Disputes Paper - Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board, January 2023
Neighbour Disputes Paper - Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board, March 2023
Neighbour Disputes Paper - Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board, January 2024 
Neighbour Disputes Paper - Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board, March 2024 
Author:   Roz Smith, Climate Emergency Lead Officer, Chief Executive’s Service 
Page 229 of 230

Page 236

Page 230 of 230